UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025 | |
|
|
|
OR |
|
|
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from _____________ to ______________ | |
Commission File Number: 0-15535
LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC. |
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) |
Delaware |
|
13-3115216 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325 Huntsville, AL |
|
35806 |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) |
|
(Zip Code) |
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) (256) 350-3873
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock |
LAKE |
NASDAQ |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Not Applicable
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a nonaccelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☒ |
Nonaccelerated filer |
☐ |
Smaller reporting company |
☒ |
Emerging growth company |
☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates as of July 31, 2024 was approximately $172.8 million. As of April 10, 2025, there were outstanding 9,498,604 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are incorporated by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) of this Form 10-K.
LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
| 2 |
| Table of Contents |
Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to future events or future financial performance and involve various assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed in this report under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere in this report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” "objectives," “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or other comparable words. Actual results, performance or outcomes may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements and may not align with historical performance and events due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this report described above. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, and caution should be exercised against placing undue reliance upon such statements, which are based only on information currently available to us and speak only as of the date hereof. We are under no duty to update publicly any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
| 3 |
| Table of Contents |
PART I
Lakeland Industries, Inc. doing business as “Lakeland Fire + Safety” (the “Company” or “Lakeland,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1986. Our executive office is located at 1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325, Huntsville, AL 35806, and our telephone number is (256) 350-3873. Our website is located at www.lakeland.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this report.
For purposes of this Form 10-K, (a) FY refers to a fiscal year ended January 31; for example, FY25 refers to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025 and (b) Q refers to a quarter, for example Q4 FY 25 refers to the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview – Lakeland Fire + Safety is a global provider of quality safety products that protect the world’s workers, first responders, and communities during the most critical situations. The Company’s products, which are governed by rigorous safety standards and regulations, are used to either protect the wearer from their environment or protect a product or process from the wearer in a broad range of markets around the world, including chemical, clean room, energy, fire service, manufacturing, and utility applications. Lakeland’s product portfolio includes firefighter protective apparel and accessories, high-end chemical protective suits, limited use/disposable protective clothing, durable woven garments, high performance FR/AR apparel, and high visibility clothing.
Lakeland Fire + Safety’s fiscal year 2025 was a transformative year, underscored by multiple acquisitions to build a head-to-toe portfolio of brands in fire protection, new management, and an improved capital position to fund our long-term initiatives. We recently closed an oversubscribed $46.0 million public equity offering, which brought in an impressive pool of new and existing shareholders. This secondary offering strengthened our balance sheet and positioned us to accelerate further growth in the fragmented, higher margin, $2.0 billion fire protection sector in the largest global markets and to repay indebtedness. While we believe we now have the full suite of premier global head-to-toe fire services, we expect to move forward by continuing to implement strategies to accelerate growth and margins by renewing our acquisition focus on the fire turnout gear industry. We continue to see growth opportunities in the fire and industrial space. We have grown our revenue year-over-year and demonstrated our success with our last four acquisitions, providing confidence in our roll-up strategy, and we now have ample capital and flexibility to execute this strategy.
The Company’s strong market position across its focus product categories and markets is supported by continued and increasing investment in its global footprint, particularly owning and operating its own manufacturing facilities, acquiring complementary companies or products that expand and enhance product offerings and/or geographic customer territories and investing in sales and marketing resources in countries around the world. We believe that ownership of manufacturing is the keystone to building a resilient supply chain and providing high-quality products to our customers. Having ten manufacturing locations in eight countries on five continents, and sourcing core raw materials from multiple suppliers in various countries affords Lakeland with superior manufacturing capabilities and supply chain resilience compared to our competitors who use contractors. Additionally, our focus on providing customers with best-in-class service includes the strategic location of our sales team members.
Lakeland is committed to protecting the world’s workers, first responders, and communities while creating shareholder value. Key elements of our corporate strategy include:
|
· |
Creating a high-performance culture driven by our corporate values, |
|
· |
Investing resources in high-growth geographies and product categories, |
|
· |
Building a premier global firefighter safety brand through product and marketing enhancements, |
|
· |
Driving profitable growth in high-end chemical and limited-use/disposable protective clothing through product development, strategic pricing initiatives, channel diversification, and operations optimization, and |
|
· |
Acquiring companies that improve Lakeland’s competitive advantage in focus markets. |
| 4 |
| Table of Contents |
On December 16, 2024, the Company acquired U.S. based Veridian Limited (Veridian) for cash consideration of approximately $26.1 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Founded in 1992, Veridian is a leading provider of firefighter protective apparel, including fire and rescue garments, gloves and boots, with an annual revenue of approximately $21 million. Veridian has approximately 150 employees and is headquartered in Des Moines, Iowa.
On July 1, 2024, the Company acquired the fire and rescue business of LHD Group Deutschland GmbH and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Australia (collectively, "LHD") in an all-cash transaction subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Total consideration was $14.8 million, net of $1.5 million cash acquired, of which $15.5 million was paid to retire LHD’s debt and $0.8 million was paid to the seller at closing. LHD is a leading provider of firefighter turnout gear, accessories, and personal protective equipment cleaning, repair, and maintenance. LHD has 111 employees worldwide and is headquartered in Wesseling, Germany, with operations in Hong Kong and Australia.
On February 5, 2024, the Company acquired Italy and Romania-based Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, "Jolly") in an all-cash transaction. Total consideration was $9.0 million, of which $7.5 million was paid to the seller at closing, and $1.5 million remained unpaid subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Jolly is a leading designer and manufacturer of professional footwear for the firefighting, military, police, and rescue markets. The company is headquartered in Montebelluna, Italy, with manufacturing operations in Bucharest, Romania, and has 150 employees. Jolly’s primary customers are based in Europe.
On November 30, 2023, the Company acquired New Zealand-based Pacific Helmets NZ Limited (“Pacific”) in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $6.3 million including the assumption of debt, subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. The acquisition enhances Lakeland’s product portfolio, particularly within fire service protective helmets. Headquartered in Whanganui, New Zealand, Pacific is a leading designer and provider of structural firefighting, wildland firefighting, and technical rescue helmets.
Segments – The Company has seven revenue-generating reportable geographic segments under ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting”: USA Operations, Other Foreign, Europe (UK), Mexico, Asia, Canada, and Latin America. Segment Reporting is presented in Note 14 – Segment Information of the consolidated financial statements in Part II Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Because our consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars and much of our business is conducted outside the U.S., currency fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial position and may affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.
Products – We design, manufacture, and sell a multifaceted line of safety products to protect the world’s workers, first responders, and communities during the most critical situations. The following is a brief description of each of our product categories.
Firefighter Protective Apparel and Accessories
We offer a complete line of National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) and European conformity (“CE”) compliant structural firefighter (turnout gear) and wildland firefighter protective apparel for domestic and foreign fire departments. Our turnout gear is available both in standard stock patterns and customer configurations. Through our acquisition of Pacific Helmets, we design and manufacture structural firefighting helmets, wildland firefighting helmets, and safety helmets for rescue, paramedic, and other applications. Additionally, we offer firefighter accessories including particulate-blocking hoods and fire gloves. Effective February 5, 2024, through our acquisition of Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, “Jolly”), we now manufacture and sell a comprehensive range of firefighting and safety boot models.
High-End Chemical Protective Suits
We manufacture and sell heavy-duty chemical protective suits and protective apparel from our proprietary CRFR, ChemMax® 3, 4, Interceptor and other fabrics. These suits are worn by individuals on hazardous material teams and within general industry to provide protection from powerful, highly concentrated, toxic and/or potentially lethal chemicals and biological toxins. These suits are protective against toxic wastes at Superfund sites, toxic chemical spills or biological discharges, chemical or biological warfare weapons (such as sarin, anthrax or ricin and mustard gas) and chemicals and petro-chemicals present during the cleaning of refineries and nuclear facilities, and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in industrial applications, and protection from infectious diseases such as Avian Flu and Ebola. We believe that we offer the most complete and cost-effective line of chemical protective garments available on the market today. Garments are certified to both NFPA, CE, ISO, and other international standards allowing us to offer products composed of these fabrics worldwide.
| 5 |
| Table of Contents |
Limited Use/Disposable Protective Clothing
We manufacture a complete line of limited-use/disposable protective garments, including coveralls, laboratory coats, shirts, pants, hoods, aprons, sleeves, arm guards, caps and smocks. Typical users of these garments include integrated oil/petrochemical refineries, chemical plants, automotive manufacturers, pharmaceutical companies, construction companies, coal, gas and oil power generation utilities and telephone utility companies, laboratories, mortuaries, and governmental entities. Numerous smaller industries use these garments for specific safety applications unique to their businesses. Additional applications include protection from viruses and bacteria, such as Ebola, AIDS, streptococcus, SARS, hepatitis, and COVID-19 at medical facilities, laboratories, and emergency rescue sites. Clean manufactured and sterilized versions of our MicroMAX NS product, trademarked CleanMax, are used in aseptic laboratories to protect both the wearer and the product from cross-contamination.
Durable Woven Garments
We manufacture and market a line of durable, launderable woven garments that complement our firefighting and heat protective offerings and provide alternatives to our limited use/disposable protective clothing lines. These products provide us access to the much larger woven industrial and healthcare-related markets. Customers favor woven garments for certain applications because of familiarity with and acceptance of these fabrics. These products allow us to supply and satisfy a broader range of our end users’ safety needs.
High Performance FR/AR Apparel
Lakeland High-Performance FR apparel offers dual-certified protective apparel with advanced moisture-wicking technology and lightweight design with maneuverability in mind. With a combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic fibers, Lakeland High-Performance FR garments ensure permanent moisture wicking in each layer of the garment. Our layering system improves the ability to maintain body temperature and outlast environmental elements.
High Visibility Clothing
Lakeland’s High-Visibility Division manufactures and markets a comprehensive line of reflective apparel that meets the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) requirements and multiple national standards worldwide. The line includes vests, T-shirts, sweatshirts, jackets, coats, raingear, jumpsuits, hats and gloves.
Customers – The majority of our sales are made through distribution. For the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, no individual customer represented more than 10% of our sales.
Sales and Marketing - Domestically, we employ a field sales force, organized in four vertical sales groups (industrial, fire service, critical environment, and utilities), to support customers better and enhance marketing. We further leverage our in-house sales team with independent sales representatives to a global network of over 2,000 safety and industrial supply distributors who buy our products for resale and typically maintain inventory at the local level in order to assure quick response times and the ability to serve their customers properly.
Internationally, Lakeland has sales representatives in 23 countries outside the U.S. and sells products in more than 50 countries. Our sustainable market advantages continue to be our knowledge of global standards, the quality of our product offering and the fact that we manufacture our own products. We aim to provide our customers with the highest quality products and excellent customer service.
Competition – The global safety products market is broad with many verticals based on product type and end-use. We compete in a subset of the larger safety market primarily focusing on firefighter apparel, chemical suits, and limited-use/disposable protective clothing. Over the long term, we believe global demand for safety products will continue to grow as the procurement of personal protective equipment (PPE) is non-discretionary and often mandated by industry standards and government regulations which are increasing in global adoption.
| 6 |
| Table of Contents |
The safety products market is highly competitive and fragmented, with participants ranging in size from small companies focusing on a single type of PPE to several large multinational corporations that supply many types of safety products. Our main competitors vary by region and product. We compete based on product quality, availability, brand recognition, and customer service. We believe Lakeland is favorably positioned in its focus markets because of our high-quality offerings, global footprint, and brand recognition.
Patents and Trademarks – We own 14 patents with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We own 76 trademarks. Our active U.S. patents expire between 2025 and 2037. Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products include patents, trade secrets, trademarks and, to a lesser extent, copyrights. We maintain an active program to protect our technology, filing for patent and trademark protection in multiple countries where our product may be “knocked off” or where significant sales of our products exist. Information regarding risks associated with our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Raw Materials and Suppliers - Our policy is to qualify multiple vendors for our fabrics and bindings whenever possible. We frequently distribute our purchases among the top two or three suppliers, based on pricing and delivery schedules, in order to keep multiple suppliers qualified and proficient in the manufacture of the raw materials that we require. Materials, such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, spun-laced polyester, melt blown polypropylene and their derivatives and laminates, are available from 30 or more major mills. Flame-resistant (FR) fabrics are also available from a number of both domestic and international mills. The accessories used in the production of our disposable garments, such as thread, boxes, snaps and elastics, are obtained from unaffiliated suppliers. We currently use more than 25 suppliers located in the U.S. and internationally to supply our key fabrics. We have not had trouble in obtaining our requirements for these commodity component items. Due to the high freight cost for our nonwoven fabrics, we also seek to find multiple sources that are local to our manufacturing to emergency demand and shift manufacturing between our locations with greater ease.
Human Capital - As of January 31, 2025, the Company employed approximately 2,100 people worldwide, of which approximately 2,050 were full-time and approximately 50 were part-time. Approximately 240 were employed in the United States and 1,860 were employed outside of the United States. Approximately 1,200 employees, or 57% of our global workforce, are covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils. Overall, we consider our employee relations to be good. Our culture is essential to our success.
Health and Safety. The health and safety of our employees is of utmost importance to us. We conduct regular self-assessments and audits to ensure compliance with our health and safety guidelines and regulatory requirements. Our goal is to achieve a level of work-related injuries as close to zero as possible through continuous investment in our safety programs. We provide protective gear (e.g. eye protection, masks, and gloves) as required by applicable standards and as appropriate given employee job duties. Additionally, during the COVID-19 pandemic, we invested heavily to help ensure the health of our employees. Using education and awareness, provision of necessary PPE, and changes to our manufacturing sites and screening, we strive to make our workplaces safe for employees during the workday.
In addition, to support mental health and emotional well-being, all associates and their dependents worldwide have access to an Employee Assistance Program ("EAP"), at no cost to them. This includes access to visits with mental health care providers through the EAP.
Hiring Practices. We recruit the best people for the job without regard to gender, ethnicity or other protected traits. Our policy is to comply fully with all domestic, foreign and local workplace discrimination laws. We strive to maintain a welcoming and supportive workplace environment everywhere we operate, and our employee training materials prohibit harassment and bullying and promote the elimination of bias in the workplace.
Compensation. Lakeland’s compensation philosophy strives to provide total compensation for all employees at the market median, utilizing base salary, cash incentives and, in some cases, equity grants to achieve this goal. We further strive to provide above-market compensation opportunities for associates who exceed goals and expectations. This approach to compensation is designed to help Lakeland attract, retain and motivate high-performing individuals who foster an innovative culture and drive business results.
| 7 |
| Table of Contents |
Additional information about how we value our associates' well-being, including our Global Human Rights Policy and our Global Workplace Health and Safety Policy, can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our corporate website. Nothing on our website, including our policies, or sections thereof, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference into any of our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Government Regulation – We are governed by regulations that affect the manufacture, distribution, marketing and sale of our products, including regulations
relating to various environmental, health and safety matters. These regulations differ among and within every country in which we operate. We are not involved in any pending or, to our knowledge, threatened governmental proceedings, which would require curtailment of our operations because of such laws and regulations. Changes in regulations, guidelines, procedural precedents and enforcement occur frequently and can impact the size, growth potential and profitability of products sold in each market. See “- Environmental Matters” below for additional discussion of environmental regulations.
International and Domestic Standards. Globally, standards development continues to challenge Industrial protective clothing manufacturers. The pace of change and adoption of new standards continues to increase as standards for more hazards are added, and deficiencies in existing standards are corrected. Complex and changing international standards play to Lakeland’s strengths when compared to most multinationals or smaller manufacturers. Lakeland currently sits on committees and/or works closely with groups involved in writing many international standards such as the American Society for Testing and Materials International (“ASTM”), the NFPA, the International Safety Equipment Association (“ISEA”), the European Committee for Standardization (“CEN”), ISO, the China National Standards Board (“GB”) in China, and the Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand (“ASNZ”).
Globally, not only are the standards continuing to change, but the focus of standards activity is shifting. In response to the increasing use of certification processes as a technical barrier to trade, standards writing bodies in the U.S. and Europe have concluded efforts to update and define conformity assessment (ANSI/ISEA 125 and the PPE Regulation respectively) within their own spheres of influence. Unfortunately, these are not “international standards” and can be easily ignored by other countries that wish to impose their own conformity assessment systems on importers. The result is an increasingly dynamic standards environment where the standards are changing and the minimum requirements for conformity with the certification process itself are changing.
Several developing nations are now becoming active in the development of their own standards based on existing international standards. This presents a new challenge in that we are faced with multiple test methods and standards, and have the potential for multiple certification processes. While this adds to product development and sales expenses, the additional cost is only incremental. The real challenge is in navigating the certification process itself. This is a significant impediment to entry for companies seeking to expand sales distribution globally.
In many cases products preferred in one market are not acceptable in another and multiple conformity assessments are required for the same standard certification. This is both technically challenging and costly. Through our international manufacturing and sales operations, Lakeland is uniquely positioned to capitalize on this complex dynamic.
Environmental Matters. We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection, chemical control, and health and safety laws and regulations, and we incur costs to comply with those laws. We own and lease real property, and certain environmental laws hold current or previous owners or operators of businesses and real property responsible for contamination on or originating from property, even if they did not know of or were not responsible for the contamination. The presence of hazardous substances on any of our properties or the failure to meet environmental regulatory requirements could affect our ability to use or sell the property or to use the property as collateral for borrowing and could result in substantial remediation or compliance costs.
Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) are man-made chemicals that have been used in industry and consumer products worldwide since the 1940s. PFAS have been widely used to make products more resistant to heat, oils, grease, chemicals, and water. Therefore, PFAS may be found in everyday consumer goods such as food packaging, nonstick cookware, stain-resistant fabrics and carpets, some cosmetics, water-repellent clothing, and some firefighting foams. PFAS are now the subject of increasing regulatory attention. Both the EPA and the European Union have proposed draft regulations regarding PFAS, which include restrictions, data gathering and/or phase-out requirements. In the United States, a number of states have also developed regulatory standards, product reporting, and/or phase-out requirements.
Certain fabric components of firefighter turnout gear manufactured by our suppliers contain PFAS to achieve water, oil, or chemical resistance. Some of our suppliers have notified us that they add PFAS to their fabric components to achieve NFPA performance requirements. The Company has been named as a party to a number of lawsuits filed by firefighters related to PFAS. These cases are consolidated in In re: Aqueous Film-Forming Foams Products Liability Litigation, MDL No.: 2:18-mn-2873-RMG (District of South Carolina, Charleston Division). These matters are at an early stage with numerous factual and legal issues to be resolved.
Although we have not in the past had any material costs or damages associated with environmental claims or compliance, and we do not currently anticipate any such costs or damages, we cannot guarantee that we will not incur material costs or damages in the future as a result of the discovery of new facts or conditions, acquisition of new properties, the release of hazardous substances, a change in interpretation of existing environmental laws or the adoption of new environmental laws.
| 8 |
| Table of Contents |
Seasonality – Our operations have historically been moderately seasonal, with higher sales generally occurring in March, April and May when scheduled maintenance on nuclear, coal, oil and gas-fired utilities, chemical, petrochemical and smelting facilities, and other heavy industrial manufacturing plants occurs, primarily due to moderate spring temperatures and low energy demands. Sales decline during the warmer summer vacation months and gradually increase from Labor Day through the fall with slight declines again during holidays, such as Christmas and the Chinese New Year. As a result of this seasonality in our sales, we have historically experienced a corresponding seasonality in our working capital, specifically inventories, with peak inventories occurring between December and May, coinciding with lead times required to accommodate the spring maintenance schedules. Certain of our large customers seek sole sourcing to avoid sourcing their requirements from multiple vendors whose prices, delivery times and quality standards differ.
In recent years, our historical seasonal pattern has shifted due to increased demand by first responders for our chemical suits and fire gear, our growing sales into the southern hemisphere, and our development of non-seasonal products like CleanMAX. While we doubt that we will ever fully eliminate seasonality in our business, we continue our efforts to diminish its impact on revenues, operational results, working capital and cash flow, by focusing on sales into non-seasonal markets like clean rooms, electric utilities and the fire service markets.
Available Information - Our Internet address is www.Lakeland.com. We make the following filings available free of charge on the Investor Relations page on our website as soon as they have been electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"): our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as our proxy statement. Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other filings with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC.
| 9 |
| Table of Contents |
Information about our Executive Officers
The following is a list of the names and ages of all of our executive officers indicating all positions and offices they hold with us as of April 15, 2025.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
James M. Jenkins |
|
60 |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive Chairman |
Roger D. Shannon |
|
60 |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
Hui (Helena) An |
|
51 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
Laurel A. Yartz |
|
52 |
|
Chief Human Resources Officer |
Barry Phillips |
|
65 |
|
Chief Revenue Officer - Fire |
Cameron S. Stokes |
|
58 |
|
Chief Commercial Officer – Global Industrials |
James M. Jenkins has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 1, 2024. Previously Mr. Jenkins held the position of acting President and Chief Executive Officer beginning February 1, 2024. Mr. Jenkins was appointed the Company's Executive Chairman on August 30, 2023. Mr. Jenkins previously served as Chairman of the Board from February 1, 2023 through August 2023. Mr. Jenkins previously served on our Board from 2012 to 2015 and was a member of our Audit and Corporate Governance Committees. Prior to his appointment as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jenkins was the General Counsel and Vice President of Corporate Development for Transcat, Inc. (Nasdaq: TRNS), a provider of calibration, repair, inspection and laboratory services, where he served as Transcat’s chief risk officer and advised management and the board of directors over matters of corporate governance and securities law. He also led Transcat’s acquisition strategy. He joined Transcat in September 2020. Prior to joining Transcat, he was a partner at Harter Secrest & Emery LLP, a regional law firm located in New York State. His practice focused in the areas of corporate governance, and general corporate law matters, including initial and secondary public offerings, private placements, mergers and acquisitions, and securities law compliance. Mr. Jenkins joined the firm in 1989 as an associate and was elected a partner effective January 1, 1997. He is a Chambers rated attorney and served as the Chair of the firm's Securities Practice Group from 2001 to 2020 and as a member of the firm’s Management Committee from January 2007 to January 2013. From 2018 until September 2020, he served as the Partner in Charge of the firm's New York City office. Mr. Jenkins holds a B.A. from Virginia Military Institute and a J.D. from West Virginia University College of Law. Mr. Jenkins currently serves on the board of directors of ScanTech AI Systems Inc. (Nasdaq: STAI) and is a member of its audit (Chair) and compensation committees (since December 2024). Mr. Jenkins previously served on the board of directors of Mars Acquisition Corp. until its acquisition by ScanTech AI Systems Inc. and OmniLit Acquisition Corp. from September 2021 to April 2023.
Roger D. Shannon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 1, 2023 and Secretary since February 1, 2024. Mr. Shannon was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Charah Solutions from June 2019 to October 2022. Mr. Shannon previously served in various roles, including Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance, Treasurer and Head of Corporate Development at ADTRAN, a publicly traded provider of next-generation networking solutions, from November 2015 to June 2019. Mr. Shannon also served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for Steel Technologies and various senior finance roles at the Brown-Forman Corporation, British American Tobacco, and accounting positions at Vulcan Materials Company, Lexmark International and KPMG. Mr. Shannon has served on the board of directors of Elauwit Connections, Inc. since November 2024. Mr. Shannon holds a B.S. in Accounting from Auburn University and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Georgia. He is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA®).
Helena An has served as our Chief Operating Officer since April 6, 2023. Ms. An previously served as our Vice President of Procurement and Asia Manufacturing since 2018. Ms. An has been with Lakeland for over 25 years in various procurement and manufacturing leadership positions. During her tenure she has been instrumental in establishing Lakeland's first manufacturing facility in China and led the team that started up our Vietnam operation. Ms. An is experienced in manufacturing operations, raw material sourcing/supplier relationships, outsourcing partnerships across Asia and supply chain management. Ms. An is a graduate of Qingdao University of Science & Technology and holds an MBA from the University of Otago, New Zealand.
Laurel A, Yartz has served as our Chief Human Resources Officer since August 1, 2024. Ms. Yartz most recently served as the Senior Human Resources Leader for Lewis Services from July 2023 until June 2024. She has held positions of increasing responsibility at leading global companies, including at CooperVision, Inc. as Senior Human Resources Director, Americas (Commercial) and Global IT from July 2020 until June 2023, at Corning Incorporated as Senior Human Resources Leader for Corning Shared Services from August 2019 until July 2020 and for Corning Information Technology from August 2017 until August 2019, and previously at Thermo Fisher Scientific, Carestream, University of Rochester Medical Center, and American Standard Brands. She earned her Masters of Business Administration from the University of Rochester, William E. Simon School of Business and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (Human Resources Management & Strategic Management Concentrations) from California State University, Sacramento.
Barry G. Phillips has served as our Chief Revenue Officer – Fire since June 17, 2024. Mr. Phillips brings over 37 years of experience in global sales leadership, revenue growth, and strategic market development, particularly in the fire services sector. Before joining Lakeland, Mr. Phillips served as the Chief Revenue Officer of Witmer Public Safety Group, Inc. from September 2020 until June 2024, and as the Vice President for Global Sales and Vice President of Sales and Marketing from 2015 until 2020. His extensive background includes senior roles at leading safety product manufacturers and distributors, where he successfully led global B2B sales, marketing, service, and operations teams. Mr. Phillips has a proven track record of transforming sales organizations and driving significant revenue growth across numerous safety-focused industries. His extensive leadership in fire services organizations and industry standards associations, as well as his ability to drive growth and value through the development and execution of strategic sales plans, make him a valuable addition to our team as we continue to grow our global fire services business.
Cameron S. Stokes has served as our Chief Commercial Officer – Global Industrials since January 31, 2025. Previously Mr. Stokes was our Vice President of Global Industrial Sales since June 17, 2024. Mr. Stokes is a seasoned sales and marketing executive who focuses on driving multimillion-dollar revenue growth and expanding market share in industrial safety products. His strategic vision and leadership have been demonstrated in his previous roles, most recently at Ansell Limited, where he served as Senior Director for North American Sales from January 2021 until December 2023 and as National Sales Director from 2015 until January 2021. At Ansell, he executed a strategic transition from a transactional model to a premium, value-centric sales approach. Mr. Stokes' expertise in industrial product market dynamics and customer needs will be instrumental in our efforts to penetrate new markets, increase our market share and optimize our global sales operations.
| 10 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risks before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we have identified as material, but they are not the only risks that we may face. If any of the events referred to below actually occur, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other information in this Form 10-K and in the documents we incorporate by reference into this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We are subject to risk as a result of our international manufacturing operations.
Because most of our products are manufactured at our facilities located in China, Vietnam, Mexico, Argentina, New Zealand, Romania and India, our operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business internationally. Such risks include the adverse effects on operations from corruption, war, international terrorism, civil disturbances, political instability, trade wars, government activities such as border taxes and renegotiation of treaties, deprivation of contract and property rights and currency valuation changes. Based on the complex relationships between China and the U.S., there is an inherent risk that political, diplomatic, military, or other events could result in business disruptions, including increased regulatory enforcement against companies, tariffs, trade embargoes, and export restrictions.
In recent years, the United States has imposed tariffs on various products imported into the United States. These tariffs have resulted in, and may continue to trigger, retaliatory actions by affected countries, including the imposition of tariffs on the United States by other countries. Under the current administration, trade policy has been a central focus, with renewed scrutiny on trade relationships with China and efforts to renegotiate or withdraw from key agreements such as the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA). This shift has included the introduction of additional tariffs, including on Mexican, Canadian, Chinese, Vietnamese, European Union and Indian goods, targeted sanctions, and restrictions on investments linked to industries deemed critical to U.S. national security. Certain foreign governments, such as China, Canada, Mexico and the European Union, have instituted or are considering imposing trade sanctions on certain U.S. goods and denying U.S. companies access to critical raw materials. The extent and duration of increased tariffs, which we are unable to predict, and the resulting impact on general economic conditions and on our business are uncertain and depend on various factors, such as negotiations between the U.S. and affected countries, the responses of other countries or regions, exemptions or exclusions that may be granted, availability and cost of alternative sources of supply, and demand for our products in affected markets.
Tariffs increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials that go into making them. These increased costs adversely impact the gross margin we earn on our products. Tariffs can also make our products more expensive for customers, which could make our products less competitive and reduce consumer demand. Countries may also adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology, or data, that could adversely impact the Company’s operations and supply chain and limit the Company’s ability to offer our products and services as designed. These measures can require us to take various actions, including changing suppliers and restructuring business relationships. Changing our operations in accordance with new or changed trade restrictions can be expensive, time-consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management. Such restrictions have been, and in the future may be announced, amended, paused, reinstated or rescinded with little or no advance notice, and we may not be able to mitigate all adverse impacts from such measures, effectively. Political uncertainty surrounding trade and other international disputes could also have a negative effect on consumer confidence and spending. Any of these events could reduce customer demand, increase the cost of our products and services, or otherwise have a materially adverse impact on our customers’ and suppliers’ businesses and results of operations, which could in turn adversely impact our financial performance and growth prospects.
A terrorist attack or other geopolitical crisis could negatively impact our domestic and/or international operations.
Our global operations are susceptible to global events, including acts or threats of war or terrorism, international conflicts, political instability, and natural disasters. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business results and financial condition.
The impact of the invasion of Ukraine, including economic sanctions or expansions of the war or other military conflicts, as well as potential responses to them by Russia, could adversely affect the Company’s business, supply chain, suppliers or customers and potentially heighten our risk of cyber-attacks. In addition, although negotiations for a potential ceasefire are ongoing, there is no certainty as to whether, when, or for how long any such ceasefire would have effect, and the continuation of Russia's invasion of Ukraine could lead to other disruptions, instability, and volatility in global markets and industries that could negatively impact the Company’s operations. It is not possible to predict the broader consequences of this conflict, which could include further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on macroeconomic conditions, the availability of raw materials, supplies, freight and labor, currency exchange rates and financial markets, all of which could impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further escalation of specific trade tensions, including those between the U.S. and China, and those between the U.S. and Mexico and Canada, or more broadly in global trade conflicts, could adversely impact the Company's business and operations. The Company's business is also impacted by social, political, and labor conditions in locations in which the Company or its suppliers or customers operate; adverse changes in the availability and cost of capital; monetary policy; interest rates; inflation; recession; commodity prices; currency volatility or exchange control; ability to expatriate earnings; and other laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company or its suppliers or customers operate. For example, changes in local economic conditions or outlooks, such as lower economic growth rates in China, Europe, or other key markets, impact the demand or profitability of the Company's products.
| 11 |
| Table of Contents |
We have significant international operations and are subject to the risks of doing business in foreign countries, particularly in China and Vietnam, which could affect our ability to manufacture or sell our products, obtain products from foreign suppliers or control the costs of our products.
We have business operations in 16 foreign countries. In FY25, more than half of our net sales were made by operations outside the United States. Those operations are subject to various political, economic and other risks and uncertainties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. These risks include the following:
|
· |
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
· |
changes in trade policy or tariff regulations, including the current U.S. presidential administration’s announced policy of increasing tariffs on all imports and threatening heightened tariffs in specific circumstances, including on certain goods imported from China, Vietnam, India, Mexico and other countries; |
|
· |
changes in tax laws and regulations; |
|
· |
additional valuation allowances on deferred tax assets due to an inability to generate sufficient profit in certain foreign jurisdictions; |
|
· |
intellectual property protection difficulties or intellectual property theft; |
|
· |
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; |
|
· |
complications in complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, some of which may conflict with U.S. laws; |
|
· |
foreign privacy laws and regulations; |
|
· |
trade protection measures and price controls; |
|
· |
trade sanctions and embargoes; |
|
· |
nationalization and expropriation; |
|
· |
increased international instability or potential instability of foreign governments; |
|
· |
effectiveness of worldwide compliance with Lakeland's anti-bribery policy, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and similar local laws; |
|
· |
difficulty in hiring and retaining qualified employees; |
|
· |
the ability to effectively negotiate with labor unions in foreign countries; |
|
· |
the need to take extra security precautions for our international operations; |
|
· |
costs and difficulties in managing culturally and geographically diverse international operations; and |
|
· |
pandemics and similar disasters. |
In particular, because a majority of our products are manufactured in China and Vietnam, the possibility of further adverse changes in trade or political relations with China or Vietnam, political instability in China or Vietnam, increases in labor costs, the occurrence of prolonged adverse weather conditions or a natural disaster such as an earthquake or typhoon in China or Vietnam, or the outbreak of a pandemic disease in China or Vietnam could severely interfere with the manufacturing and/or shipment of our products and would have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Our business operations may be adversely affected by the current and future political environment in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). The government of the PRC has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate under the PRC may be adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, raw materials, environmental regulations, land use rights, property, and other matters. Under its current leadership, the government of the PRC has been pursuing economic reform policies that encourage private economic activity and greater economic decentralization. There is no assurance, however, that the government of the PRC will continue to pursue these policies or that it will not significantly alter these policies from time to time without notice. A change in policies by the PRC government could adversely affect our interests by, among other factors: changes in laws, regulations or the interpretation thereof, confiscatory taxation, restrictions on currency conversion, imports or sources of supplies, or the expropriation or nationalization of private enterprises.
The PRC government exercises significant control over the Chinese economy, including but not limited to controlling capital investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy, controlling and monitoring foreign exchange rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations, providing preferential treatment to certain industry segments or companies and issuing necessary licenses to conduct business. In addition, we could face additional risks resulting from changes in the PRC’s data privacy and cybersecurity requirements. Accordingly, any adverse change in the Chinese economy, the PRC legal system or the PRC governmental, economic or other policies could have a material adverse effect on our entities in the PRC and our prospects generally. The ongoing trade war between the U.S. and China could exacerbate these risks.
| 12 |
| Table of Contents |
We face additional risks in the PRC due to the country’s historically limited recognition and enforcement of contractual and intellectual property rights. We may have trouble enforcing our intellectual property rights in the PRC. Unauthorized use of our technologies and intellectual property rights by partners or competitors may dilute or undermine the strength of our brands. If we cannot adequately monitor the use of our technologies and products or enforce our intellectual property rights in the PRC or contractual restrictions relating to the use of our intellectual property by Chinese companies, our revenue could be adversely affected.
Our entities are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in the PRC. There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules and policies in the PRC. Because many laws and regulations are relatively new, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform. Moreover, the interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political agendas. Enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing laws may be uncertain and sporadic. As a result of the foregoing, it may be difficult for us to obtain swift or equitable enforcement of laws ostensibly designed to protect companies like ours, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Any one or more of these risks could have a negative impact on the success of our international operations and, thereby, have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Our results of operations may vary widely from quarter to quarter.
Our quarterly results of operations have varied and are expected to continue to vary in the future. These fluctuations may be caused by many factors, including:
|
· |
Currency volatility; |
|
· |
Global crises, such as pandemics, oil spills, or Ebola outbreaks; |
|
· |
Our expansion of international operations; |
|
· |
Competitive pricing pressures; |
|
· |
Seasonal buying patterns resulting from the cyclical nature of the business of some of our customers; |
|
· |
Changes in the mix of products and services sold; |
|
· |
The timing of introductions and enhancements of products by us or our competitors; |
|
· |
Market acceptance of new products; |
|
· |
Technological changes in fabrics or production equipment used to make our products; |
|
· |
Availability of raw materials due to unanticipated demand or lack of precursors (oil and gas); |
|
· |
Changes in the mix of domestic and international sales; and |
|
· |
Personnel changes. |
These variations could negatively impact our stock price.
Disruption in our supply chain, manufacturing or distribution operations could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to manufacture, distribute and sell products is critical to our operations. These activities are subject to inherent risks such as natural disasters, power outages, fires or explosions, labor strikes, terrorism, epidemics, pandemics, import restrictions, regional economic, business, environmental or political events, governmental regulatory requirements or nongovernmental voluntary actions in response to global climate change or other concerns regarding the sustainability of our business, which could disrupt our supply chain and impair our ability to manufacture or sell our products. If not mitigated in advance or otherwise effectively managed, this interruption could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations and require additional resources to address.
Climate change and other sustainability matters may adversely affect our business and operations.
There is growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns, and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. We have transition risks related to the transition to a lower-carbon economy and physical risks associated with the physical impacts of climate change. Transition risks include increased costs of carbon emission, increased cost to produce products in compliance with future regulations, increased raw materials cost, shifts in customer/consumer values and other legal, regulatory and technological risks. Physical risks include the risk of direct damage to assets or supply chain disruption caused by severe weather events such as floods, storms, wildfires and droughts. In addition, concern over climate change may result in new legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment. Our reputation could be damaged if we do not (or are perceived not to) act responsibly with respect to sustainability matters, which could adversely affect our business.
| 13 |
| Table of Contents |
Pandemics or disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, may cause unfavorable economic or market conditions, which could impact demand patterns and/or disrupt global supply chains and manufacturing operations.
Pandemics or disease outbreaks such as COVID-19 could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies of developed and emerging markets, potentially resulting in an economic downturn that could affect customers’ demand for our products in certain industrial-based end-markets. The spread of pandemics or disease outbreaks may also disrupt the Company’s manufacturing operations, supply chain, or logistics necessary to import, export and deliver products to our customers. During a pandemic or crisis, applicable laws and response directives could, in some circumstances, adversely affect our ability to operate our plants or to deliver our products in a timely manner. The enactment of laws and directives aimed at mitigating health crises may also hinder our ability to move certain products across borders. Economic conditions can also influence order patterns. Collectively, these outcomes could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Because we do not have long-term commitments from many of our customers, we must estimate customer demand, and errors in our estimates could negatively impact our inventory levels and net sales.
Our sales are generally made based on individual purchase orders, which may later be modified or canceled by the customer rather than on long-term commitments. We have historically been required to place firm orders for fabrics and components with our suppliers before receiving an order for our products based on our forecasts of customer demands. Our sales process requires us to make multiple demand forecast assumptions, each of which may introduce errors in our estimates, causing excess inventory to accrue or a lack of manufacturing capacity when needed. If we overestimate customer demand, as we have done in recent years, we may allocate resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell when we expect to or at all. As a result, we experienced in fiscal year 2024 a buildup of excess inventory, with corresponding negative impacts on our financial results. We may experience similar results if we overestimate customer demand in the future. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we would lose sales opportunities and market share and damage our customer relationships. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to delivery dates required by our customers because of the lead time needed for us to obtain required materials or to send fabrics to our assembly facilities in China, Vietnam, India, and Mexico.
The markets we compete in are highly competitive, and some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do.
Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, and our business could be adversely affected by competitors’ new product innovations, technological advances made to competing products and pricing changes made by us in response to competition from existing or new competitors. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and the competitive pressures we face could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition. In addition, e-business is a rapidly developing area, and the execution of a successful e-business strategy involves significant time, investment, and resources.
Three of our competitors, DuPont, Ansell, and MSA, have substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources than we do. In addition, we believe that the barriers to entry in the disposable and reusable garments and gloves markets are relatively low. We cannot assure you that our present competitors or competitors that choose to enter the marketplace in the future will not exert significant competitive pressures.
Our operations are substantially dependent upon key personnel.
Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and certain other key personnel, including James M. Jenkins, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman; Roger D. Shannon, our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary; Helena An, our Chief Operating Officer, Laurel A. Yartz, our Chief Human Resources Officer; Barry G. Phillips, our Chief Revenue Officer – Fire; and Cameron S. Stokes our Chief Commercial Officer – Global Industrials. The loss of services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, any future expansion of our business will depend on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate other highly skilled managerial, marketing, customer service and manufacturing personnel, and our inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
| 14 |
| Table of Contents |
Technological change could negatively affect sales of our products and our performance.
The rapid development of fabric technology continually affects our apparel applications and may directly impact the performance of our products. We cannot assure you that we will successfully maintain or improve the effectiveness of our existing products, nor can we assure you that we will successfully identify new opportunities or continue to have the needed financial resources to develop new fabric or apparel manufacturing techniques in a timely or cost-effective manner. In addition, products manufactured by others may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.
Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information and adversely impact our reputation and results of operations.
We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and manage or support various business processes and activities. In general, all information technology systems, including those we host or have hosted by third parties, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, human error or malicious acts, break-ins, and other intentional or unintentional events. Our business is also at risk from and may be materially impacted and/or disrupted by information security incidents such as ransomware, malware, viruses, phishing, social engineering, and other security incidents. Such incidents can range from individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to information technology systems through phishing emails to more sophisticated security threats. These events can also result from internal compromises, such as human error or rogue employees or contractors, and can occur on our systems or the systems of our partners and subcontractors. In addition, the number and frequency of cybersecurity events globally may be heightened during times of geopolitical tension or instability between countries, including, for example, the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine. Security breaches of our systems or security breaches of third parties’ systems on which we rely to process, store, or transmit electronic information could result in the misappropriation, destruction or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or personal data, as well as material disruptions to our operations that could impact services.
We employ various measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate cybersecurity threats (including access controls, vulnerability assessments, training for employees with electronic access to confidential information, continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems). However, our security measures may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business operations and reputation could be materially adversely affected by these events and any resulting federal and state fines and penalties, legal claims or proceedings. There are also significant costs associated with a data breach, including investigation costs, remediation and mitigation costs, notification and monitoring costs, attorneys’ fees, and the potential for reputational harm and lost revenues due to a loss of confidence. We cannot predict the costs to comply with these laws or the costs associated with a potential data breach, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, and our business reputation. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to mitigate and alleviate problems caused by security incidents. While there have been no identified cybersecurity incidents, in the last three years that have materially affected our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition to date, there can be no assurance that such risks will not have a material adverse effect in the future.
Data privacy and security laws relating to the handling of personal information are evolving across the world and may be drafted, interpreted, or applied in a manner that results in increased costs, legal claims, fines against us, or reputational damage.
As a global organization that accesses and processes personal data in the course of its business, we are subject to U.S. and international data privacy, security and data breach notification laws, as well as contractual requirements that may govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal data.
For example, in the United States, individual state statutes establish mandatory data breach notification requirements as well as more general privacy and security requirements. All 50 states, the District of Columbia and U.S. territories have adopted data breach notification laws that impose, in varying degrees, an obligation to notify affected persons and/or state regulators in the event of a data breach or compromise, including when their personal information has or may have been accessed by an unauthorized person. These laws apply according to the residence of the impacted individual. Some state breach notification laws may also impose physical and electronic security requirements regarding the safeguarding of personal information. In addition, various state privacy laws grant individuals various rights with respect to personal information and may require significant expense and resources to comply with these laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) (as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act) is one of a few state privacy laws that include private rights of action that may expose us to private litigation regarding our privacy and security practices and significant damages awards or settlements in civil litigation.
| 15 |
| Table of Contents |
Outside the United States, as our company continues to grow internationally through acquisitions as well as expanded business operations, we may be subject to established and continuously evolving international laws and regulations regarding individual rights around personal information and the cross-border transfers thereof. For example, Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation) (“GDPR”) and its counterpart in the United Kingdom, the Personal Information Protection Law of the People's Republic of China, adopted August 20, 2021, effective November 1, 2021 (“PIPL”), the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act in Canada (“PIPEDA”), and other such international privacy laws around the world, as well as their implementing regulations, contain data breach notification requirements, outline certain obligations and restrictions around the collection, processing, and cross-border transfers of personal information, and may also grant individuals certain consumer rights over their personal information. Given our organization’s international locations and global distribution networks, compliance with the varying data privacy requirements in effect across the United States and around the world, particularly as they continue to evolve in many countries, may necessitate expenditures and changes in our business models. Failure to comply with these requirements can subject us to legal, regulatory, and reputational risks, as well as the financial risks that can accompany regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and private litigation.
Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we fail to successfully obtain or enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.
We rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual property and our competitive position; however, these patents may be insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights because our patents may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products and foreign patents protections may be more limited than those provided under U.S. patents and intellectual property laws.
We may not be afforded the protection of a patent if our currently pending or future patent filings do not result in the issuance of patents or if we fail to apply for patent protection. We may fail to apply for a patent if our personnel fail to disclose or recognize new patentable ideas or innovations. Remote working can decrease the opportunities for our personnel to collaborate, thereby reducing the opportunities for effective invention disclosures and patent application filings. We may choose not to file a foreign patent application if the limited protections provided by a foreign patent outweigh the costs of obtaining it. Our foreign patent portfolio is less extensive than our U.S. portfolio.
Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. A failure to protect our intellectual property rights might allow competitors to copy our technology or create counterfeit or pirated versions of our products, which could adversely affect our reputation, pricing and market share.
Our inability to successfully identify, consummate and integrate current and future acquisitions and strategic investments or to realize anticipated cost savings and other benefits could adversely affect our business.
In the future, subject to capital constraints, we may seek to acquire selected safety product lines or safety-related businesses or other businesses that will complement our existing products. Our ability to acquire these businesses is dependent upon many factors, including our management’s relationship with the owners of these businesses, many of which are small and closely held by individual stockholders. In addition, we will be competing for acquisition and expansion opportunities with other companies, many of which have greater name recognition, marketing support and financial resources than us, which may result in fewer acquisition opportunities for us, as well as higher acquisition prices. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, pursue or acquire any targeted business.
If we are unable to integrate or successfully manage businesses that we have recently acquired or may acquire in the future, we may not realize anticipated cost savings, improved manufacturing efficiencies and increased revenue, which may result in material adverse short and long-term effects on our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity. Even if we are able to integrate the operations of our acquired businesses into our operations, we may not realize the full benefits of the cost savings, revenue enhancements or other benefits that we may have expected at the time of acquisition. In addition, even if we achieve the expected benefits, we may not be able to achieve them within the anticipated time frame, and such benefits may be offset by costs incurred in integrating the acquired companies and increases in other expenses.
| 16 |
| Table of Contents |
Acquisitions involve a number of special risks in addition to those mentioned above, including the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies, potential exposure to unknown liabilities, adverse effects on our reported operating results and the amortization or write-down of acquired intangible assets. We cannot assure you that any acquisition by us will or will not occur, that if an acquisition does occur, it will not materially and adversely affect our results of operations or that any such acquisition will be successful in enhancing our business. To the extent that we are unable to manage growth efficiently and effectively or are unable to attract and retain additional qualified management personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Changes in financial accounting standards or policies have affected, and in the future may affect, our reported financial condition or results of operations; there are inherent limitations to our system of internal controls; changes in corporate governance requirements, policies and practices may impact our business.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and net income during the reporting period. A change in the facts and circumstances surrounding those estimates could result in a change to our estimates and could impact our future operating results. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create accounting policies. A change in those policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions that are completed before a change is announced. A significant change in our accounting judgments could have a significant impact on our reported revenue, gross profit, assets and liabilities. In general, changes to accounting rules or challenges to our interpretation or application of the rules by regulators may have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results or on the way we conduct business.
Our system of internal and disclosure controls and procedures was designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving its objectives. However, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been or will be detected. As a result, there can be no assurance that our system of internal and disclosure controls and procedures will be successful in preventing all errors, theft and fraud or in informing management of all material information in a timely manner. For example, as disclosed in Item 9A of this annual report, we are in the process of remediating a material weakness related to inconsistencies in enterprise-wide controls over financial reporting resulting from our acquisition of several subsidiaries over the past two years. We can give no assurance that additional material weaknesses will not arise in the future.
Finally, corporate governance, public disclosure and compliance practices continue to evolve based on continuing legislative action, SEC rulemaking and policy positions taken by large institutional stockholders and proxy advisors. As a result, the number of rules, regulations and standards applicable to us may become more burdensome to comply with, could increase scrutiny of our practices and policies by these or other groups and increase our legal and financial compliance costs and the amount of time management must devote to governance and compliance activities. For example, the SEC has recently adopted rules requiring that issuers provide significantly increased disclosures concerning cybersecurity risk management, strategy, governance and incident reporting and adopt more stringent executive compensation clawback policies. Increasing regulatory burdens and corporate governance requirements could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors and qualified executive officers.
| 17 |
| Table of Contents |
We are implementing a new enterprise resource planning system, and challenges with the planning or implementation of the system may impact our internal control over financial reporting, business and operations.
We are undertaking a multi-year process of implementing a complex new SAP enterprise resource planning system (“ERP”), which is a major undertaking that will replace most of our existing operating and financial systems. An ERP system is used to maintain financial records, enhance data security and operational functionality and resiliency, and provide timely information to management related to the operation of a business. The SAP ERP implementation will require the integration of the new ERP with existing information systems and business processes. Our ERP planning has required, and the ongoing planning and future implementation of the new ERP will continue to require, investment of significant capital and human resources, requiring the attention of members of our management team. Any deficiencies in the design, or delays or issues encountered in the implementation, of the new SAP ERP could result in significantly greater capital expenditures and employee time and attention than currently contemplated and could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, including effective management of our invoicing and accounts receivable and collections processes, file timely reports with the SEC or otherwise affect the proper and efficient operation of our controls. If the system as implemented, or after necessary investments, does not result in our ability to maintain accurate books and records, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. Additionally, conversion from our old system to the new ERP may also cause inefficiencies until the ERP is stabilized and mature. The implementation of our new ERP will require new procedures and many new controls over financial reporting. If we are unable to adequately plan, implement and maintain procedures and controls relating to our ERP, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired and impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. All of the above could result in harm to our reputation or our customers, as well as expose us to regulatory actions or claims, any of which could materially impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated appropriately or in a timely manner, could result in a loss of investor confidence and adversely impact the trading price of our securities.
As disclosed in Part II - Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, management has identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to controls over the completeness and accuracy of the Company’s foreign reporting packages which are the basis preparation of our consolidated financial statements. As a result, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of January 31, 2025. The material weakness did not result in any material misstatements to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the Company is currently working to remediate the material weakness. However, there can be no assurance that these remediation efforts will be successful. In addition, these remediation efforts will place a burden on management and may result in additional expenses.
If we are unable to remediate this material weakness, or are otherwise unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within the required time periods, could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation or investigations requiring management resources and payment of legal and other expenses, result in violations of applicable securities laws, result in an inability to meet Nasdaq listing requirements, negatively affect investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial statements, and adversely impact the trading price of our securities.
Financial Risks
Our results of operations could be negatively affected by potential fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Most of our assembly arrangements with our foreign-based subsidiaries or third-party suppliers require payment to be made in U.S. dollars or the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). Any decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar or RMB in relation to foreign currencies could increase the cost of the services provided to us upon contract expirations or supply renegotiations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to increase product prices to offset any such cost increases, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risks due to our sales to customers in foreign countries in the amount of $106.8 million in FY25. Our sales in these countries are usually denominated in the local currency. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to these local currencies, and we are unable to raise our prices proportionally, then our profit margins could decrease because of the exchange rate change.
Due to our purchases and sales in other countries, we are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To manage this volatility, we seek to limit, to the extent possible, our non-US dollar-denominated purchases and sales.
In connection with our operations in China, we purchase a significant number of raw materials and components from outside of the United States. However, our purchases in China are primarily made in the RMB, the value of which has floated for the last 7 years, and therefore, we have been exposed to additional foreign exchange rate risk on our Chinese raw material and component purchases.
| 18 |
| Table of Contents |
Our primary risk from foreign currency exchange rate changes is related to non-US dollar-denominated sales in China, Canada, South America and Europe and, to a lesser extent Mexico and Russia. Our sales to customers in Canada are denominated in Canadian dollars, South America in Argentine Pesos, Europe in Euros and British Pounds, and China in RMB and U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to the Canadian dollar, the Argentine Peso, the Pound, the Euro, or the RMB, then our net sales could decrease as our products would be more expensive to these international customers because of changes in the exchange rate. When appropriate, we manage the foreign currency risk through forward contracts against the Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, New Zealand dollar and Euro, as well as through cash flow hedges in the U.S. against the RMB and the Euro. If non-U.S. dollar-denominated international purchases and sales grow, exposure to volatility in exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.
Covenants in our credit facilities may restrict our financial and operating flexibility.
As a result of the Loan Agreement the Company entered into on June 25, 2020, as amended to date, we currently have a $40.0 million revolving credit facility, which matures on December 12, 2029. Our credit facility requires, and any future credit facilities may also require, among others, that we comply with specified financial covenants relating to fixed charge coverage and investment in acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Loan Agreement” for more information. Our ability to satisfy these financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot guarantee that we will meet the requirements of these covenants.
On March 3, 2023, the Company changed the benchmark interest rate in our credit facility from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). At January 31, 2025, we had $13.2 million outstanding debt under our credit facility.
We may need additional funds, and if we are unable to obtain these funds, we may not be able to expand or operate our business as planned.
Our operations require significant amounts of cash, and we may be required to seek additional capital, whether from sales of equity or by borrowing money, to fund acquisitions for the future growth and development of our business or to fund our operations and inventory, particularly in the event of a market downturn.
A number of factors could affect our ability to access future debt or equity financing, including:
|
· |
Our financial condition, strength and credit rating; |
|
· |
The financial markets’ confidence in our management team and financial reporting; |
|
· |
General economic conditions; and, |
|
· |
Capital markets conditions. |
Even if available, additional financing may be more costly than our current facility and may have adverse consequences. If additional funds are raised through the incurrence of debt, we will incur increased debt servicing costs and may become subject to additional restrictive financial and other covenants. We can give no assurance as to the terms or availability of additional capital. Although management believes it currently has sufficient capital, if we need additional capital in the future and are unsuccessful, it could reduce our net sales and materially adversely impact our earning capability and financial position.
Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance, or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. Although we assess our banking and customer relationships as we believe necessary or appropriate, our access to funding sources and other credit arrangements in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our current and projected future business operations could be significantly impaired by factors that affect us, the financial services industry or economy in general. These factors could include, among others, events such as liquidity constraints or failures, the ability to perform obligations under various types of financial, credit or liquidity agreements or arrangements, disruptions or instability in the financial services industry or financial markets, or concerns or negative expectations about the prospects for companies in the financial services industry.
| 19 |
| Table of Contents |
In addition, investor concerns regarding the U.S. or international financial systems could result in less favorable commercial financing terms, including higher interest rates or costs and tighter financial and operating covenants or systemic limitations on access to credit and liquidity sources, thereby making it more difficult for us to acquire financing on acceptable terms or at all. Any decline in available funding or access to our cash and liquidity resources could have material adverse impacts on our liquidity and our business, financial condition or results of operations.
If our goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record significant charges to earnings.
We review our long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are required to be assessed for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that the carrying amount of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or long-lived assets may not be recoverable, include slower growth rates in our markets, reduced expected future cash flows, increased country risk premiums because of political uncertainty and a decline in stock price and market capitalization. We consider available current information when calculating our impairment charge. If there are indicators of impairment, our long-term cash flow forecasts for our operations deteriorate or discount rates increase, we may be required to recognize additional impairment charges in later periods. The Company recognized goodwill impairment charges of $3.0 million, representing the entire amount of goodwill related to the Pacific reporting unit in the Other Foreign geographic segment and $7.5 million, representing 83% of the goodwill related to the Eagle reporting unit in the Europe geographic segment, during the year ended January 31, 2025.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We deal in countries where corruption is an obstacle.
We must comply with American laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and Sarbanes-Oxley as well as anticorruption legislation in the U.K. Some of our competitors and customers in foreign jurisdictions may not adhere to such legislation. As a result, we believe that we lose sales orders due to our strict adherence to such regulations.
We are subject to various U.S. and foreign tax laws, and any changes in these laws related to the taxation of businesses and resolutions of tax disputes could adversely affect our results of operations.
The U.S. Congress, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and other government agencies in jurisdictions in which we invest or do business have maintained a focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational companies. The OECD has changed numerous long-standing tax principles through its base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) project, which could adversely impact our effective tax rate.
We are subject to regular review and audit by foreign and domestic tax authorities. While we believe our tax positions will be sustained, the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation may differ materially from the tax amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We may be subject to product liability claims, and insurance coverage could be inadequate or unavailable to cover these claims.
We manufacture products used for protection from hazardous or potentially lethal substances, such as chemical and biological toxins, fire, viruses and bacteria. The products we manufacture are typically used in applications and situations that involve high levels of risk of personal injury. Failure to use our products for their intended purposes, failure to use our products properly or the malfunction of our products could result in serious bodily injury or death of the user. In such cases, we may be subject to product liability claims arising from the design, manufacture or sale of our products. If these claims are decided against us and we are found to be liable, we may be required to pay substantial damages, and our insurance costs may increase significantly as a result. We cannot assure you that our insurance coverage would be sufficient to cover the payment of any potential claim. In addition, we cannot assure you that this or any other insurance coverage will continue to be available or, if available, that we will be able to obtain it at a reasonable cost. Any material uninsured loss could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Environmental laws and regulations may subject us to significant liabilities.
Our U.S. operations, including our manufacturing facilities, are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge, storage, treatment, handling, disposal and remediation of certain materials, substances and wastes. Any violation of any of those laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial liability to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, to the state environmental agencies in any affected state or to any individuals affected by any such violation. If hazardous substances are released from or located on any of our properties, we could incur substantial costs and damages. Any such liability could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
| 20 |
| Table of Contents |
For example, governmental authorities in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions are increasingly focused on potential contamination resulting from PFAS. Products containing PFAS have been used in manufacturing, industrial, and consumer applications over many decades, including in some of our component materials purchased from suppliers. In 2021, the Biden Administration announced a multi-agency plan to address PFAS contamination, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency released its PFAS Strategic Roadmap, which identified a comprehensive approach to addressing PFAS. In April 2024, the U.S. EPA designated perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) and perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), two of the most common PFAS chemicals, as hazardous substances under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, which could have wide-ranging impacts on companies across various industries, including ours. We may incur costs in connection with any obligations to transition away from the usage of PFAS-containing products, to dispose of PFAS-containing waste or to remediate any PFAS contamination, which could have a negative effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, some environmental laws impose liability, sometimes without fault, for investigating and/or cleaning up contamination on, or emanating from properties currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by a person, as well as for damages to property or natural resources and personal injury arising out of such contamination. Such liability may be joint and several, meaning that we could be held responsible for more than our share of the liability involved or even the entire liability.
The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to change, and new regulations and new or existing claims, such as those related to certain PFAS substances, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or make aspects of our business as currently conducted no longer possible. For example, the Company has been named as a party to a number of lawsuits filed by firefighters related to exposure to PFAS in firefighter turnout gear. These cases are consolidated in In re: Aqueous Film-Forming Foams Products Liability Litigation, MDL No.: 2:18-mn-2873-RMG (District of South Carolina, Charleston Division). We may, in the future, be subject to additional claims related to PFAS, including for degradation of natural resources from such PFAS and personal injury or product liability claims as a result of human exposure to such PFAS.
Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation, by-laws, and Delaware law could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult.
Our restated certificate of incorporation contains classified board provisions, authorized preferred stock that could be utilized to implement various “poison pill” defenses and a stockholder authorized, but as yet unused, Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), all of which may have the effect of discouraging a takeover of Lakeland, which is not approved by our board of directors. Further, we are subject to the antitakeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder unless the business combination is approved in the prescribed manner.
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate widely.
The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to quarter-to-quarter variations in our operating results, announcements of new products or services by us or our competitors and other events or factors. For example, a shortfall in net sales or net income, or an increase in losses, from levels expected by securities analysts or investors, could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of many micro and small capitalization companies have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. These fluctuations and general economic and market conditions may adversely affect the market price for our common stock.
We presently pay a quarterly cash dividend. Future quarterly dividends are subject to declaration by the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Company’s share repurchase programs do not obligate it to acquire any specific number of shares. If the Company fails to meet expectations related to future growth, profitability, dividends, share repurchases or other market expectations, the price of the Company’s stock may decline significantly, which could have a material adverse impact on investor confidence and employee retention.
| 21 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C: CYBERSECURITY
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
We recognize the importance of assessing, identifying, and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats, as such term is defined in Item 106(a) of Regulation S-K. These risks include, among other things, operational disruption, intellectual property theft, fraud, extortion, harm to employees or customers, violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risks, and reputational risks. We have implemented several cybersecurity processes, technologies, and controls to aid in our efforts to assess, identify, and manage such material risks.
To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other company risks as part of our overall risk assessment process. Our enterprise risk professionals collaborate with subject matter specialists, as necessary, to gather insights for identifying and assessing material cybersecurity threat risks, their severity, and potential mitigations. We employ a range of tools and services, including regular network and endpoint monitoring, vulnerability assessments, and penetration testing, to inform our professionals’ risk identification and assessment.
We also have a cybersecurity-specific risk assessment process, which helps identify our cybersecurity threat risks by comparing our program to best practices, as well as by engaging experts to attempt to infiltrate our information systems (as such term is defined in Item 106(a) of Regulation S-K). We engage third-party partners to conduct two-phase penetration testing simulating external and internal cybersecurity breach situations. We test and review the result on an annual basis. To monitor risk levels, we have engaged a third-party vendor to manage our security operations center (the “SOC”), which provides automatic alerts in response to certain occurrences and triggers automatic rules-based responses. Additionally, our annual external Sarbanes-Oxley audit process reviews all account privileges associated with our enterprise resource planning software and other systems supporting the financial function of the Company.
Our cybersecurity program includes controls designed to prevent, identify, protect against, detect, respond to and recover from cybersecurity incidents (as such term is defined in Item 106(a) of Regulation S-K), and to provide for the availability of critical data and systems and to maintain regulatory compliance. These controls include the following activities:
|
· |
monitor emerging data protection laws and implement changes to our processes designed to comply, |
|
· |
conduct regular cybersecurity management and incident training for all employees, |
|
· |
conduct regular phishing email simulations for all employees with access to corporate email systems to enhance awareness and responsiveness to such possible threats. Any employee who fails a phishing test is automatically enrolled in additional cyber training, |
|
· |
through policy, practice and contract (as applicable) require employees, as well as third parties who provide services on our behalf, to treat customer information and data with care, |
|
· |
maintain multiple layers of controls, including embedding technological and administrative security features into our technology investments, multi-factor authentication tools, system access policies and privileges, and network configuration, |
|
· |
perform annual system access audit with all departments and personnel, |
|
· |
review access logs and continually monitor detection alerts, |
|
· |
conduct annual tabletop exercises to simulate cyber incidents to refine cyber security policies, further, |
|
· |
implement a remote disaster recovery backup site and fail over testing. |
We perform periodic internal assessments to test our cybersecurity controls and regularly evaluate our policies and procedures surrounding our handling and control of personal data and the systems we have in place to help protect us from cybersecurity or personal data breaches and to help us identify areas for continued focus, improvement, and/or compliance.
We have established a cybersecurity risk management process that includes internal reporting of significant cybersecurity risk to our board when found. In addition, our incident response plan coordinates the activities we take to prepare for, detect, respond to and recover from cybersecurity incidents. These include processes to triage, assess severity, escalate, contain, investigate, and remediate the incident, as well as comply with potentially applicable legal obligations and mitigate brand and reputational damage.
| 22 |
| Table of Contents |
Our processes also address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of third-party service providers, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks are included within our enterprise risk management program, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification program, both of which are discussed above. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third-party service providers.
We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the heading “Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information and adversely impact our reputation and results of operations” included as part of our risk factor disclosures at Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K which disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.
In the last two fiscal years, we have not experienced any material cybersecurity incidents and have not incurred any material expenses relating to cybersecurity incidents. This includes penalties and settlements, of which there were none.
Cybersecurity Governance
Cybersecurity is an important part of our enterprise risk management program and an area of increasing focus for our Board and management. In late 2024, we established a Technology Committee of the Board, the purpose of which includes oversight of the Company’s cybersecurity program. The Technology Committee consists of three independent directors and is responsible for overseeing the Company’s efforts to monitor cybersecurity risks and management efforts to mitigate such risks. Management is informed about and monitors the prevention, mitigation, detection, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents through their management of and participation in the cybersecurity risk management process described above, including the operation of our incident response plan. The Technology Committee receives and reviews reports from management and the Company’s internal audit function concerning cybersecurity incidents, business continuity, data security posture, disaster recovery preparedness, results from security assessments, progress toward pre-determined risk mitigation-related goals, our incident response plan, internal audit results pertaining to technology and cybersecurity controls, and material cybersecurity threat risks or incidents and developments, as well as the steps management has taken to respond to such risks. The Technology Committee reports to the full Board on major items covered at meetings of the Technology Committee.
Members of the Technology Committee are also encouraged to regularly engage in ad hoc conversations with management on cybersecurity-related news events and discuss any updates to our cybersecurity risk management process. Material cybersecurity threat risks are also considered during separate Board meeting discussions of important matters like enterprise risk management, operational budgeting, business continuity planning, mergers and acquisitions, brand management, and other relevant matters. Any potential threat or incident is reported to the Technology Committee based on the severity and potential risk based on the escalation procedure as defined by the Incident Response Plan.
Our cybersecurity risk management process, which is discussed in greater detail above, is led by our Vice President of Information Technology. This individual has over thirty years of prior work experience in various Information Technology roles including managing information systems and security.
Our Vice President of Information Technology and technology professionals have deep experience and skills in developing, implementing and monitoring cyber technology assets. Our technology staff and partners have a strong track record of working with major vendors' security, firewall, identity management, and other platforms.
| 23 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our principal executive office is located at 1525 Perimeter Parkway Suite 325, Huntsville, AL 35806 United States. We own or lease our primary facilities. We own our manufacturing locations in AnQui City, China and Jerez, Mexico. We lease our manufacturing locations in Des Moines, Iowa, Spencer, Iowa, Quitman, Arkansas, Buenos Aires, Argentina; Noida, India, Xuan Trung Commune, Vietnam, Bucharest, Romania and Whanganui, New Zealand.
We believe that all of our occupied facilities, including the manufacturing facilities, are in good repair and suitable condition for their intended purpose.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any litigation or other legal proceedings that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
| 24 |
| Table of Contents |
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Market under the symbol “LAKE.” On April 5, 2025, there were 30 registered holders of our shares of common stock. This number of registered holders does not represent the actual number of beneficial owners of our common stock because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the right to vote their shares.
Dividend Policy
Prior to February 2023, we had not paid any cash dividends on our common stock. In February 2023, the Company began paying a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per share. The payment and rate of future cash or stock dividends, if any, or stock repurchase programs are subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, capital or contractual restrictions under our credit facilities and other factors. There is no guarantee that additional dividends will be declared and paid at any time.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period |
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased |
|
|
Average Price Paid per Share |
|
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs |
|
|
Maximum Dollar Amount of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs |
|
||||
November 1 – November 30 |
|
|
— |
|
|
$ | — |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
$ | 5,030,479 |
|
December 1 – December 31 |
|
|
--- |
|
|
$ | --- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
$ | 5,030,479 |
|
January 1 – January 31 |
|
|
--- |
|
|
$ | ---- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
$ | 5,030,479 |
|
Total |
|
---- |
|
|
$ | ---- |
|
|
|
--- |
|
|
$ | 5,030,479 | (1) | |
(1) Represents the amount remaining under our share repurchase program as of January 31, 2025.
On April 7, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to $5 million of its outstanding common stock, which became effective upon the completion of a prior share repurchase program. On December 1, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to an additional $5 million of its outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program has no expiration date but may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.
We do not have any other share repurchase programs.
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
| 25 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following summary together with the more detailed business information and consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Form 10-K. This document may contain certain “forward-looking” information within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This information involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. In this Form 10-K, (a) “FY” means fiscal year; thus for example, FY25 refers to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025, and (b) “Q” refers to a quarter; thus, for example, Q4 FY25 refers to the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025.
Overview
Lakeland Fire + Safety manufactures and sells a comprehensive line of fire services and industrial protective clothing and accessories for the industrial and first responder markets. Our products are sold globally by our in-house sales teams, our customer service group, and authorized independent sales representatives to a strategic global network of selective fire safety and industrial distributors and wholesale partners. Our authorized distributors supply end users, such as integrated oil, chemical/petrochemical, automobile, transportation, steel, glass, construction, smelting, cleanroom, janitorial, pharmaceutical, and high technology electronics manufacturers, as well as scientific, medical laboratories and the utilities industry. In addition, we supply federal, state and local governmental agencies and departments, such as fire and law enforcement, airport crash rescue units, the Department of Defense, the Department of Homeland Security and the Centers for Disease Control. Internationally, we sell to a mixture of end users directly and to industrial distributors, depending on the particular country and market. In addition to the United States, sales are made into more than 50 foreign countries, the majority of which were into China, the European Economic Community ("EEC"), Canada, Chile, Argentina, Russia, Kazakhstan, Colombia, Mexico, Ecuador, India, Uruguay, Middle East, Southeast Asia, Australia, Hong Kong and New Zealand.
We had net sales of $167.2 million in FY25 and $124.7 million in FY24.
We have operated facilities in Mexico since 1995 and in China since 1996. Beginning in 1995, we moved the labor-intensive sewing operation for our limited use/disposable protective clothing lines to these facilities. Our facilities and capabilities in China and Mexico allow our access to a labor pool that is less expensive than that available in the United States and permits us to purchase certain raw materials at a lower cost than they are available domestically. During FY25, the Company was impacted by tariff costs on certain products imported from China. Beginning in 2025 the U.S. trade policy has undergone significant shifts under the Trump administration, which has emphasized the use of tariffs as a strategic tool. Recent developments have generated widespread uncertainty, including the United States’ imposition of new and expanded tariffs on key trading partners such as China, Vietnam, Canada, Mexico, and the European Union. Furthermore, certain trading partners that are the subject of such new and expanded tariffs have announced that they are contemplating retaliatory tariffs to be imposed on U.S. exports. In prior years, the Company has been able to pass along a portion of costs resulting from tariffs to its customers, but there is no guarantee that we will be able to successfully do so in the future. We added manufacturing operations in Vietnam and India in fiscal 2019 to offset increasing manufacturing costs in China and further diversify our manufacturing capabilities. Our China operations will continue primarily manufacturing for the Chinese market and other markets where duty advantages exist. Manufacturing expansion is not only necessary to control rising costs, but also for Lakeland to achieve its growth objectives. We added three U.S. based manufacturing locations through our acquisition of Veridian Limited in December 2024. These facilities currently produce Veridian’s brand of fire turnout gear and gloves, but they are in the process of being certified to produce Lakeland turnout gear for the U.S. market. They are also capable of producing Lakeland’s woven and high-performance garments.
Our net sales attributable to customers outside the United States were $106.8 million and $69.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
On January 24, 2025, the Company issued 2,093,000 shares of its common stock in an underwritten offering at a price of $20.68 after an underwriting discount. After expenses the Company received approximately $46.2 million which was used to pay down the Company’s revolving credit facility.
On December 16, 2024, the Company acquired U.S. based Veridian Limited for cash consideration of approximately $26.1 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Founded in 1992, Veridian is a leading provider of firefighter protective apparel, including fire and rescue garments, gloves and boots, with an annual revenue of approximately $21 million. Veridian has approximately 150 employees and is headquartered in Des Moines, Iowa.
| 26 |
| Table of Contents |
On July 1, 2024, the Company acquired the fire and rescue business of LHD Group Deutschland GmbH and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Australia (collectively, "LHD") in an all-cash transaction subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Total consideration was $14.8 million, net of $1.5 million cash acquired, of which $15.5 million was paid to retire LHD’s debt, and $0.8 million was paid to the seller at closing. LHD is a leading provider of firefighter turnout gear, accessories, and personal protective equipment cleaning, repair, and maintenance. LHD has 111 employees worldwide and is headquartered in Wesseling, Germany, with operations in Hong Kong and Australia.
On February 5, 2024, the Company acquired Italy and Romania-based Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, "Jolly") in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $9.0 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Jolly is a leading designer and manufacturer of professional footwear for the firefighting, military, police, and rescue markets. The company is headquartered in Montebelluna, Italy, with manufacturing operations in Bucharest, Romania, and has 150 employees. Jolly provides a differentiated product portfolio through its continued investment in research and development and the use of modern materials and cutting-edge technologies in the production of its footwear.
On November 30, 2023, we acquired New Zealand-based Pacific Helmets NZ Limited ("Pacific") in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $6.3 million, subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Pacific is a leading designer and manufacturer of helmets for the structural firefighting, wildland firefighting, and rescue markets. The company has 70 employees and is headquartered in Whanganui, New Zealand. Pacific provides differentiated product offerings through its innovative and premium solutions.
The cost to manufacture and distribute our products is influenced by the cost of raw materials, finished goods, labor, and transportation. During FY25, we have experienced continued inflationary pressure and higher costs because of the increasing cost of raw materials, finished goods, labor, transportation, and other administrative costs associated with the normal course of business. The increase in the cost of raw materials and finished goods is due in part to a shortage in the availability of certain products, the higher cost of shipping, and inflation. We can only pass elevated costs onto customers in an effort to offset inflationary pressures on a limited basis. Future volatility of general price inflation and the impact of inflation on costs and availability of materials, costs for shipping and warehousing and other operational overhead could adversely affect our financial results.
Impact of Russia’s Invasion of Ukraine on Our Business
The current conflict between Russia and Ukraine is creating substantial uncertainty about the role Russia will play in the global economy in the future. Although the length, impact, and outcome of the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine are highly unpredictable, this conflict could lead to significant market disruptions and other disruptions. The escalation or continuation of this conflict presents heightened risks and has resulted and could continue to result in volatile commodity markets, supply chain disruptions, increased risk of cyber incidents or other disruptions to information systems, heightened risks to employee safety, significant volatility of the Russian ruble, limitations on access to credit markets, increased operating costs (including fuel and other input costs), the frequency and volume of failures to settle securities transactions, inflation, potential for increased volatility in commodity, currency and other financial markets, safety risks, and restrictions on the transfer of funds to and from Russia. We cannot predict how and the extent to which the conflict will affect our customers, operations or business partners or the demand for our products and our global business. Depending on the actions we take or are required to take, the ongoing conflict could also result in loss of cash, assets or impairment charges. Additionally, we may also face negative publicity and reputational risk based on the actions we take or are required to take as a result of the conflict, which could damage our brand image or corporate reputation. We are continually monitoring the potential financial impact of the Russian invasion of Ukraine on our operations.
Our business in Russia accounted for approximately 2.4% and 3.0% of our consolidated net revenues for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our assets in Russia were approximately 2.4% and 2.6% of our consolidated assets at January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The net book value of our assets in Russia on January 31, 2025 was approximately $5.2 million, of which $1.4 million is cash. We currently have not recognized any impairment charges related to the assets of our Russian business. However, the extent, severity, duration and outcome of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and related sanctions could potentially impact the value of our assets in Russia as the conflict continues. Our Russian business is part of our Other Foreign segment.
| 27 |
| Table of Contents |
Our sales in Ukraine were not significant in FY25 or FY24.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Inventories. Inventories include freight-in, materials, labor and overhead costs and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out or moving average basis) or net realizable value. Allowances are recorded for slow-moving, obsolete or unusable inventory. We assess our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory and write down such inventory to estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about future sales and supply on hand, if necessary. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. The Company recorded approximately ($0.8) million and $3.4 million in inventory adjustments in FY25 and FY24, respectively. The inventory adjustments in FY24 included $2.3 million in adjustments for certain products that the Company decided to discontinue or no longer support from a sales and marketing perspective.
Income Taxes. The Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates as part of preparing the consolidated financial statements. This involves estimating the actual current tax in addition to assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatments for tax and financial accounting purposes. These differences, together with net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits, are recorded as deferred tax assets or liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. A judgment must then be made of the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. A valuation allowance may be required to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In the event the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future or that new estimates indicate that a previously recorded valuation allowance is no longer required, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset is charged or credited to income in the period of such determination. In FY25 and FY24, we recorded a change in our valuation allowance of less than $50,000 and approximately $3.1 million, respectively.
The Company recognizes tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” minimum recognition threshold. If necessary, the Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with tax matters as part of the income tax provision and would include accrued interest and penalties with the related tax liability in the consolidated balance sheets.
| 28 |
| Table of Contents |
Business combinations. In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Assigning fair market values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of an acquisition requires knowledge of current market values and the values of assets in use and often requires the application of judgment regarding estimates and assumptions. While the ultimate responsibility resides with management, for material acquisitions, we retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets, tangible long-lived assets, and contingent consideration. Acquired intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are valued using certain discounted cash flow methodologies based on future cash flows specific to the type of intangible asset purchased. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes. Tangible long-lived assets are valued using a combination of the cost and market valuation approaches.
If the contingent consideration is deemed significant or absent an agreed-upon payout amount, the initial measurement of contingent consideration and the corresponding liability is evaluated using the Monte Carlo Method. For this valuation method, management develops projections during the contingent consideration period utilizing various potential pay-out scenarios. Probabilities are applied to each potential scenario, and the resulting values are discounted using a rate that considers the weighted average cost of capital as well as a specific risk premium associated with the riskiness of the contingent consideration itself, the related projections, and the overall business. Should actual results increase or decrease as compared to the assumption used in our analysis, the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations will increase or decrease, up to the contracted limit, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration could cause a material impact and volatility in our operating results.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are assessed for possible impairment annually on November 1st or whenever circumstances change such that the recorded value of the asset may not be recoverable.
All goodwill is assigned to and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Goodwill is not amortized but evaluated for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company may perform either a qualitative assessment of potential impairment or proceed directly to a quantitative assessment of potential impairment. If the Company chooses not to perform a qualitative assessment, or if it chooses to perform a qualitative assessment but is unable to conclude that no impairment has occurred qualitatively, then the Company will perform a quantitative assessment. Quantitative testing involves comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. We estimate reporting unit fair value using a weighted average of fair values determined by discounted cash flow ("DCF") and market approach methodologies, as we believe both are important indicators of fair value. A number of assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model, including sales volumes and prices, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rates, and working capital changes. Cash flow forecasts are generally based on approved business unit operating plans for the early years and historical relationships in later years. The market approach methodology measures value through an analysis of peer companies. The analysis entails measuring the multiples of EBITDA at which peer companies are trading.
Refer to Note 1, “Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 6, “Acquisitions,” to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the Company’s business acquisitions.
Recent Developments
On February 1, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend. The quarterly dividend of $0.03 per share or approximately $0.2 million, was paid on February 24, 2025, to stockholders of record as of February 14, 2025.
| 29 |
| Table of Contents |
Significant Balance Sheet Fluctuation January 31, 2025, as Compared to January 31, 2024
Cash decreased by $7.7 million, primarily as a result of $15.9 million of cash used in operations and $47.7 million used in investing activities of which $45.1 million was spent on acquisitions, offset by $56.6 million in net cash provided by financing activities primarily borrowing from the Company’s credit facility. The Company invested $45.1 million in the Jolly, LHD and Veridian acquisitions and $1.1 million in Bodytrak and $1.5 million in capital expenditures. Cash provided by financing activities was $56.6 million, including the net proceeds from the Company’s underwritten public stock offering, which was used to pay down the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company borrowed $59.4 million to fund the acquisitions noted above. Operating cash flow changes were driven by an increase in inventory of $14.2 million to support planned growth in FY26 and a $2.6 million increase in accounts receivable offset by an increase in accounts payable.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our external sales by our product lines and geographic regions and our historical results of continuing operations as a percentage of our net sales from operations, for the years and three-months ended January 31, 2025 and 2024.
|
|
Three Months Ended January 31, (Unaudited) |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||||
External Sales by Product Line: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Disposables |
|
$ | 14.4 |
|
|
$ | 12.9 |
|
|
$ | 52.2 |
|
|
$ | 49.6 |
|
Chemical |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
21.5 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
Fire Services |
|
|
21.2 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
63.0 |
|
|
|
26.5 |
|
Gloves |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
High Visibility |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
High Performance Wear |
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Wovens |
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
16.8 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
Consolidated external sales |
|
$ | 46.6 |
|
|
$ | 31.2 |
|
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
| 30 |
| Table of Contents |
|
|
Three Months Ended January 31, (Unaudited) |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||||
External Sales by region: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
USA |
|
$ | 18.3 |
|
|
$ | 12.7 |
|
|
$ | 60.4 |
|
|
$ | 55.2 |
|
Europe |
|
|
14.5 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
42.1 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Asia |
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Canada |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
21.2 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
Consolidated external sales |
|
$ | 46.6 |
|
|
$ | 31.2 |
|
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
|
|
Three Months Ended January 31, (Unaudited) |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||||
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100.0 | % |
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
59.9 | % |
|
|
64.1 | % |
|
|
58.9 | % |
|
|
58.9 | % |
Gross profit |
|
|
40.1 | % |
|
|
35.9 | % |
|
|
41.1 | % |
|
|
41.1 | % |
Operating expenses |
|
|
40.4 | % |
|
|
46.4 | % |
|
|
40.3 | % |
|
|
36.3 | % |
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
22.6 | % |
|
|
--- |
|
|
|
6.3 | % |
|
|
--- |
|
Operating (loss) income |
|
|
(22.9 | )% |
|
|
(10.5 | )% |
|
(5.5 |
)% |
|
|
4.8 | % | |
Impairment of equity method investment |
|
(16.4) |
)% |
|
|
--- |
|
|
(4.6 |
)% |
|
|
--- |
|
||
Other income, net |
|
|
0.2 | % |
|
|
11.5 | % |
|
|
0.1 | % |
|
|
2.7 | % |
Interest expense |
|
|
1.3 | % |
|
|
0.1 | % |
|
|
1.0 | % |
|
|
0.0 | % |
Income before tax |
|
(40.4 |
)% |
|
|
0.9 | % |
|
(11.0 |
)% |
|
|
7.5 | % | ||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
(0.9 |
)% |
|
|
4.0 | % |
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
3.2 | % | ||
Net (loss) income |
|
|
(39.5 | )% |
|
|
(3.1 | )% |
|
(10.8 |
)% |
|
|
4.4 | % | |
Net Sales. Net sales increased to $167.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2025 compared to $124.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2024, an increase of $42.5 million. Sales in the U.S. increased $5.2 million or 9.4%, primarily due to increased sales of fire services gear and improvements in direct container sales. Sales to the European market increased by $25.8 million or 158.2%. The key driver was the acquisitions of Jolly and LHD, which accounted for $27.0 million of the increase offset by weakness in the industrial markets. Canada sales increased by $0.9 million or 9.6% due to improvements in the industrial markets. Latin America sales increased $5.1 million or 31.7% due to continued strong sales in Argentina due to the strengthening of their economy. Sales into the Mexican market increased by $1.0 million or 25.0%, driven by improved sales of fire services and woven products. Sales in our other foreign markets increased by $4.4 million or 44.4% primarily due to the acquisition of Pacific in November 2023. Overall, our Fire Services line was a key driver of our revenue growth in FY25, increasing $36.5 million or 137.7%. The execution of our acquisition strategy and the acquisitions of Pacific in November 2023 and Jolly, LHD and Veridian in FY25 accounted for $33.1 million of the increase. The significant increase in Fire Services was complemented by an $8.0 million increase in our Wovens, Disposables and Chemical products, partially offset by a $1.2 million decline in our High Visibility products.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $17.5 million, or 34.2%, to $68.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2025, from $51.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2024. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was consistent at 41.1% for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024.
| 31 |
| Table of Contents |
Operating Expense. Operating expenses increased 49.1% from $45.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2024 to $67.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2025. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 40.3% for the year ended January 31, 2025, as compared to 36.3% for the year ended January 31, 2024. Operating expenses increased primarily due to the acquisition of Pacific in November 2023 and the acquisitions of Jolly, LHD and Veridian in FY2025 accounting for $9.8 million of the increase. Approximately $10.0 million of the increase was due to a) foreign currency remeasurement expense of $2.3 million driven by the continued devaluation of the Argentine peso, b) restructuring costs of $2.2 million, c) costs associated with the Monterrey, Mexico facility of $1.3 million, d) acquisition-related expenses of $3.7 million, and e) litigation costs for PFAS of $0.7 million. The remainder of the increase is from selling and administrative expenses incurred to support the growth of the Company and increased sales levels.
Goodwill Impairment. The Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $3.0 million representing the entire amount of goodwill related to the Pacific reporting unit in the Other Foreign geographic segment and an impairment charge of $7.5 million representing 83% of the goodwill related to the Eagle reporting unit in the Europe geographic segment, during the year ended January 31, 2025.
Operating Income (Loss). Operating loss was ($9.3) million for the year ended January 31, 2025, as compared to operating income of $6.0 million for the year ended January 31, 2024, due to the impacts detailed above. Operating margin decreased to (5.5%) for the year ended January 31, 2025, compared to 4.8% for the year ended January 31, 2024.
Impairment of Equity Method Investment. The Company’s investment in Bodytrak has generated losses since its initial acquisition and has required repeated rounds of financing to maintain operations. In February 2025, Bodytrak entered insolvency proceedings in the United Kingdom. Through January 31, 2025, the Company has recognized a total of $1.5 million in losses from its investment in Bodytrak. As of January 31, 2025, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $7.6 million for the remaining recorded value of the equity method and convertible notes investments.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $1.7 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase in interest expense is due to the increase in borrowing on the Company’s line of credit to fund its acquisition strategy.
Other Income. On November 27, 2023, the Company sold its office and warehouse facility in Brantford, Ontario to an unrelated party for $4.9 million. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain, after selling expenses, of approximately $3.8 million. Going forward, the Company is utilizing third party logistics providers for customer fulfillment in Canada.
Income Tax Benefit. Income tax benefit consists of federal, state and foreign income taxes. Income tax benefit was $0.3 million, which did not include any amount associated with the GILTI component of the Tax Act of 2017 for the year ended January 31, 2025, as compared to an income tax expense of $3.9 million and included $0.8 million associated with the GILTI component of the Tax Act of 2017 for the year ended January 31, 2024. All international subsidiaries impacted the GILTI component of income tax expense.
Net Income (Loss). Net loss was ($18.1) million for the year ended January 31, 2025 compared to net income of $5.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2024 for the reasons discussed above.
Fourth Quarter Results
Net sales and net loss were $46.6 million and ($18.4) million, respectively, for Q4 FY25, as compared to sales of $31.2 million and net loss of ($1.0) million, for Q4 FY24.
Factors affecting Q4 FY25 results of operations included:
|
· |
Improvement in sales for fire services due to the acquisitions of Jolly, LHD and Veridian. |
|
· |
The Company recognized a full impairment of its equity method and convertible notes investments in Bodytrak. |
|
· |
The Company recognized an impairment of its goodwill in Pacific and Eagle. |
| 32 |
| Table of Contents |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At January 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents were approximately $17.5 million and working capital was approximately $101.6 million. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $7.7 million and working capital increased $18.4 million from January 31, 2024 reflecting the impact of the Company’s acquisition strategy with the purchase of Jolly, LHD and Veridian in FY25.
Of the Company’s total cash and cash equivalents of $17.5 million as of January 31, 2025, cash held in Latin America of $2.2 million, cash held in Hong Kong of $0.2 million, cash held in the UK of $2.8 million, cash held in Vietnam of $0.4 million, cash held in India of $0.4 million and cash held in Canada of $0.4 million would not be subject to additional US income tax in the event such cash was repatriated due to the change in the U.S. tax law as a result of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Company monitors its financial depositories by their credit rating, which varies by country. In addition, cash balances in banks in the United States are insured by the FDIC subject to certain limitations. There was approximately $1.3 million included in U.S. bank accounts and approximately $16.2 million in foreign bank accounts as of January 31, 2025, of which $16.7 million was uninsured. These balances could be impacted if one or more financial institutions with which the Company deposits its funds fails or is subject to other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets. To date, the Company has experienced no loss of principal or lack of access to invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be affected if the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash and cash equivalents fail. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The Company strategically employs an intercompany dividend plan subject to subsidiary profitability, cash requirements and withholding taxes. During FY23 the Company changed its’ permanent reinvestment assertions for its Chinese operations due to the increased volatility of the Chinese yuan and an updated evaluation of investment strategies. During FY25 two of the Company’s subsidiaries in China declared and paid dividends of an aggregate of $4.8 million.
Net cash used in operating activities of $15.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2025 was primarily due to an increase in net inventories of $14.2 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.6 million, reductions in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $5.4 million offset by an increase in accounts payable of $6.0 million. The growth in inventory is to support anticipated sales growth in the first half of FY26. Net non-cash income items were $19.9 million due to the write-off of the Company’s total investment in Bodytrak of $7.6 million, the impairment of Pacific’s goodwill of $3.0 million and the partial impairment of Eagle’s goodwill of $7.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities of $47.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2025 includes the acquisitions of Jolly, LHD and Veridian. Net cash provided by financing activities was $56.6 million driven by the borrowings under our credit facility of $59.4 million to fund the acquisitions. The Company successfully completed an underwritten offering of our common stock and raised net proceeds of $42.6 million which was used to pay down the credit facility.
Net cash provided by operating activities of $10.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2024 was primarily due to a decrease in net inventories of $7.7 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2.4 million offset by an increase in accounts receivable and prepaids of $1.6 million due to stronger Q4 FY24 sales. Net non-cash income items were $3.0 million due to the gain on the sale of our Canadian facility of $3.8 million and the revaluation of the Eagle earnout of $2.5 million. These items were partially offset by the impact of depreciation and amortization and equity compensation expense. Net cash used in investing activities of $5.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2024 includes the $5.5 million Pacific acquisition and reflects the Company’s further investment of $2.2 million in Bodytrak®. Property and equipment purchases totaled $2.1 million primarily for equipment purchases in Mexico and Vietnam. These investments were offset by $4.6 million in proceeds from the sale of the Canadian facility. Net cash used in financing activities was $3.5 million for the year ended January 31, 2024 due to $0.9 million in dividends, $1.8 million in net debt repayments, primarily $1.4 million of debt acquired with the Pacific acquisition, $0.3 million of stock repurchases and $0.4 million in shares returned to pay taxes for our restricted stock programs.
Loan Agreement
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement (the “Original Loan Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“Lender”), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Loan Agreement, dated June 18, 2021 (“Amendment No. 1”), Amendment No. 2 to the Loan Agreement, dated March 3, 2023 (“Amendment No. 2”), Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Agreement, dated November 30, 2023 (“Amendment No. 3”), Amendment No. 4 to the Loan Agreement, dated March 28, 2024 (“Amendment No. 4”), and Amendment No. 5 to the Loan Agreement, dated December 12, 2024 (“Amendment No. 5” and, collectively with Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2, Amendment No. 3, and Amendment No. 4, the “Loan Agreement Amendments”; and the Original Loan Agreement, as amended by the Loan Agreement Amendments, the “Amended Loan Agreement”).
| 33 |
| Table of Contents |
The Amended Loan Agreement provides the Company with a secured revolving credit facility of up to $60.0 million of borrowings from December 12, 2024 through January 31, 2026 and of up to $50.0 million of borrowings from February 1, 2026 through January 31, 2027 (in each case, such limits remain subject to a reduction to no less than $40.0 million from the net proceeds of equity issuances if the Company raises capital during such periods). The revolving credit facility includes a $10.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. On January 24, 2025, as required by the Amended Loan Agreement, the Company used certain net proceeds of its equity issuance to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the Amended Loan Agreement. As a result thereof, the maximum principal amount under the revolving credit facility was reduced to $40 million. The credit facility matures on December 12, 2029.
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the greater of the daily Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or an index floor of 1% plus (ii) the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement). The Applicable Rate is based upon a funded debt to EBITDA ratio (discussed below) and includes four different levels constituting a SOFR margin range from 1.25% to 2.00%. All outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest under the revolving credit facility is due and payable on the maturity date. On a one-time basis, and subject to there not existing an event of default, the Company may elect to convert up to $5.0 million of the then outstanding principal of the revolving credit facility to a term loan facility with an assumed amortization of 15 years and the same interest rate and maturity date as the revolving credit facility. The Amended Loan Agreement provides for a fee on any difference between the line of credit commitment and the amount of credit it actually uses, determined by the daily amount of credit outstanding during the specified period. Such fee is calculated at the Applicable Rate and is payable quarterly.
The Company made certain representations and warranties to the Lender in the Amended Loan Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type. The Company also agreed to maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter a minimum “basic fixed charge coverage ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) of at least 1.20x and a “funded debt to EBITDA ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) not to exceed 3.5x (with step-downs to 3.25x and 3.0x on February 1, 2026 and February 1, 2027, respectively), in each case for the trailing 12-month period ending with the applicable quarterly reporting period. In addition, the Company has agreed to maintain a springing “asset coverage ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) of at least 1.10x, but only to the extent that the maximum funded debt to EBITDA ratio exceeds 3.25x at any reporting period. The Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants as of January 31, 2025.
The Company also agreed to certain negative covenants under the Amended Loan Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type, including restrictions regarding the ability of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to conduct business, grant liens, make certain investments, make substantial changes in the present executive or management personnel, and incur additional indebtedness, which negative covenants are subject to certain exceptions. Moreover, the Amended Loan Agreement contains restrictions on the Company’s ability to enter into mergers and other business combination transactions and to purchase or acquire other businesses or their assets, although the Company may purchase a business or its assets without the consent of the Lender if the aggregate amount of consideration paid for by the Company is less than $26,000,000 for any individual acquisition or $36,000,000 on a cumulative basis for all such acquisitions or purchases subsequent to the date of Amendment No. 5. The Amended Loan Agreement also authorizes the Company to enter into additional lines of credit or incur liabilities in connection with the acquisitions of foreign subsidiaries in foreign countries where the Lender lacks a physical presence (such amounts not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate).
The Amended Loan Agreement contains customary events of default that include, among other things (subject to any applicable cure periods and materiality qualifier), non-payment of principal, interest or fees, defaults under related agreements with the Lender, cross-defaults under agreements for other indebtedness, violation of covenants, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgments and material adverse change. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Lender may terminate all loan commitments, declare all outstanding indebtedness owing under the Amended Loan Agreement and related documents to be immediately due and payable, and may exercise its other rights and remedies provided for under the Amended Loan Agreement.
| 34 |
| Table of Contents |
In connection with the Amended Loan Agreement, the Company entered into with the Lender (i) a security agreement dated June 25, 2020, pursuant to which the Company granted to the Lender a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of the personal property and the intangibles of the Company, and (ii) a pledge agreement, dated June 25, 2020, pursuant to which the Company granted to the Lender a first priority perfected security interest in the stock of its subsidiaries (limited to 65% of those subsidiaries that are considered “controlled foreign subsidiaries” as set forth in the Internal Revenue Code and regulations). The Company’s obligations to the Lender under the Amended Loan Agreement are also secured by a negative pledge evidenced by a Non-encumbrance Agreement covering the real property owned by the Company in Decatur, Alabama.
As of January 31, 2025, the Company had no borrowings outstanding on the letter of credit sub-facility and borrowings of $13.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility carried an interest rate of 6.47% at January 31, 2025.
Acquisitions
On December 16, 2024, the Company acquired U.S. based Veridian Limited in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $26.1 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Founded in 1992, Veridian is a leading provider of firefighter protective apparel, including fire and rescue garments, gloves and boots, with an annual revenue of approximately $21 million. Veridian has approximately 150 employees and is headquartered in Des Moines, Iowa.
On July 1, 2024, the Company acquired the fire and rescue business of LHD Group Deutschland GmbH and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Australia (collectively, "LHD") in an all-cash transaction subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Total consideration was $14.8 million, net of $1.5 million cash acquired, of which $15.5 million was paid to retire LHD’s debt and $0.8 million was paid to the seller at closing, and $1.1 million remained unpaid subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. LHD is a leading provider of firefighter turnout gear, accessories, and personal protective equipment cleaning, repair, and maintenance. LHD has 111 employees worldwide and is headquartered in Wesseling, Germany, with operations in Hong Kong and Australia.
On February 5, 2024, the Company acquired Italy and Romania-based Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, "Jolly") in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $9.0 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Jolly is a leading designer and manufacturer of professional footwear for the firefighting, military, police, and rescue markets. The company is headquartered in Montebelluna, Italy, with manufacturing operations in Bucharest, Romania, and has 150 employees. Jolly provides a differentiated product portfolio through its continued investment in research and development and the use of modern materials and cutting-edge technologies in the production of its footwear.
January 2025 Equity Issuance
On January 24, 2025, the Company closed an underwritten offering of 2,093,000 shares (the “Underwritten Shares”) of the Company’s common stock. The public offering price of the Underwritten Shares was $22.00 per share, and the underwriters agreed to purchase the Underwritten Shares from the Company at a price of $20.68 per share. The Company’s net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, were approximately $42.6 million. We used the net proceeds of the offering to pay down the outstanding principal under our Loan Agreement.
We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents, borrowing capacity under our Loan Agreement and the cash to be generated from expected product sales will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and investing requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. We were in compliance with all financial covenants of the Loan Agreement as of January 31, 2025.
Stock Repurchase Program. On April 7, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to $5 million of its outstanding common stock which became effective upon the completion of a prior share repurchase program. On December 1, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to an additional $5 million of its outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program has no expiration date but may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.
| 35 |
| Table of Contents |
The common shares available for repurchase under the authorizations currently in effect may be purchased from time to time, with consideration given to the market price of the common shares, the nature of other investment opportunities, cash flows from operations, general economic conditions and other relevant considerations. Repurchases may be made on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
The Company did not repurchase any shares in FY25 and has $5.0 million remaining under the share repurchase program at January 31, 2025.
Capital Expenditures. Our capital expenditures for FY25 of $1.5 million principally relate to our capital purchases for our manufacturing facilities in Vietnam and Mexico. We anticipate FY26 capital expenditures to be approximately $3.0 million to replace existing equipment in the normal course of operations, expand our fire services products manufacturing capabilities and invest in our new ERP system. We expect to fund the capital expenditures from our cash flow from operations.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Disclosure Rules
Income Taxes
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.” This guidance requires a public entity to disclose in their rate reconciliation table additional categories of information about federal, state and foreign income taxes and to provide more details about the reconciling items in some categories if the items meet a quantitative threshold. The guidance also requires all entities to disclose annually income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes and to disaggregate the information by jurisdiction based on a quantitative threshold. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted, and this guidance should be applied prospectively but there is the option to apply it retrospectively. The Company plans to adopt the provisions of this guidance in conjunction with our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending January 31, 2026.
Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03 (“ASU 2024-03”), Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“DISE”). ASU 2024-03 requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for public business entities. ASU 2024-03 does not change the expense captions an entity presents on the face of the income statement; rather, it requires disaggregation of certain expense captions into specified categories in disclosures within the footnotes to the financial statements. As revised by ASU No. 2025-01, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures, the provisions of ASU 2024-03 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. With the exception of expanding disclosures to include more granular income statement expense categories, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2024-03 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a smaller reporting company, the Company is not required to provide the information required by this Item and therefore, no disclosure is required under Item 7A for the Company.
| 36 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
| 37 |
| Table of Contents |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Lakeland Industries, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 31, 2025, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 31, 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Our report dated April 16, 2025 expressed an opinion that the Company had not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Acquisitions of Pacific Helmets NZ Limited, Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L.,– Valuation of Intangible Assets
As described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisitions of Pacific Helmets NZ Limited (Pacific) for $6.3 million on November 30, 2023, and Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, Jolly) for $9.0 million on February 5, 2024. The Company accounted for these transactions under the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The Pacific purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including identifiable intangible assets of $2.2 million, which consisted of customer relationships, tradename, technological know-how and resulting goodwill of $3.0 million. The Jolly purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including identifiable intangible assets of $1.3 million, which consisted of customer relationships, tradename, technological know-how and resulting goodwill of $1.4 million.
| F-1 |
| Table of Contents |
Acquired intangible assets were valued using certain methods including the excess earnings approach and relief from royalty methods specific to the type of intangible asset acquired. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasts of revenue growth rates, operating margins, attrition rates, discount rates and royalty rates.
Given the fair value determination of the intangible assets for Pacific and Jolly requires management to leverage complex valuation methodologies and make significant estimates and assumptions related to the forecasts of revenue growth rates, operating margins and resulting future cash flows and the selection of royalty and discount rates, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of these estimates and assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.
Our audit procedures related to the Company’s valuation of acquired intangible assets as part of the Pacific and Jolly acquisition included the following, among others:
|
· |
We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the valuation of acquired intangible assets and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including management controls related to significant assumptions. |
|
|
|
|
· |
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s revenue growth rate and operating margin forecasts, and attrition rates by comparing the projections to historical results as well as industry benchmarks and tested the underlying data for accuracy and completeness. |
|
|
|
|
· |
With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s valuation methodology and significant assumptions by: |
|
o |
Assessing the appropriateness of management’s valuation methodology based on the nature of the fair value estimate |
|
|
|
|
o |
Testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rates and verifying the mathematical accuracy of the calculation. |
|
|
|
|
o |
Developing an analysis of the discount rates and compared that analysis to the discount rates selected by management. |
Goodwill Impairment Assessment – Pacific Helmets NZ Limited and Eagle Technical Products Limited
As described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $16.2 million as of January 31, 2025, after a goodwill impairment charge of $10.5 million relating to the Pacific Helmets NZ Limited (Pacific) and Eagle Technical Products Limited (Eagle) reporting units. Goodwill, at the reporting unit level, is tested by the Company for impairment at least annually. The fair values of the reporting units for the goodwill impairment assessment are determined using an income approach, through a discounted cash flow model and the guideline public company approach, through selected multiples. The determination of the fair values of each reporting unit requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to the specific circumstances of each reporting unit such as revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, discount rates and the selection of guideline public company multiples.
F-2 |
| Table of Contents |
We identified the Pacific and Eagle goodwill impairment assessment as a critical audit matter because of the significant assumptions management used in the impairment assessments. Auditing management’s judgments used in the impairment assessments regarding revenue projections, projected operating cash flow margins, discount rates and guideline public company multiples involved a high degree of auditor judgment and increased audit effort.
Our audit procedures related to the Company’s goodwill impairment assessments for the Pacific and Eagle reporting units included the following, among others:
|
· |
We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the Company’s goodwill impairment assessments and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including management controls related to significant assumptions. |
|
|
|
|
· |
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s revenue and operating cash flow projections by comparing them to actual results and historical trends and tested the underlying data for accuracy and completeness. |
|
|
|
|
· |
With the assistance of our fair value specialists with specialized knowledge and experience with impairment of goodwill we evaluated management’s assessment and significant assumptions by: |
|
o |
Evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation methodologies used by management and testing the accuracy of the calculations |
|
|
|
|
o |
Testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rates and verifying the mathematical accuracy of the calculation. |
|
|
|
|
o |
Developing an analysis of the discount rates and compared that analysis to the discount rates selected by management. |
|
|
|
|
o |
Testing the selection of guideline public company multiples. |
/s/ RSM US LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2024.
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 16, 2025
| F-3 |
| Table of Contents |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Lakeland Industries, Inc.
Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Lakeland Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2025, of the Company and our report dated April 16, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, "Jolly"), LHD Group Deutschland GmbH, LHD Group Australia Pty Ltd and LHD Group Hong Kong Ltd., (collectively, the “LHD Group”), and Veridian, Ltd., from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025, because they were acquired by the Company through business combinations on February 5, 2024, July 1, 2024, December 16, 2024, respectively. We have also excluded Jolly, LHD Group and Veridian, Ltd. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Jolly, LHD Group and Veridian, Ltd. are a wholly owned subsidiaries whose total assets and net loss represent approximately 37% and 5%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended January 31, 2025.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management's assessment.
For those locations where the financially relevant systems were not in-scope and not subject to the Company’s testing of information technology general controls, the financial reporting controls, as designed, do not adequately address the completeness and accuracy of the foreign reporting packages. The foreign reporting packages form the basis of multiple controls including a key management review control designed to detect a material misstatement in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as well as other controls. Additionally, the Company did not update the control activities documentation for numerous locations and, in some cases, did not change control processes to reflect changes in operating structure. This contributed to the material weakness described herein in the Company’s internal controls.
This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2025 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated April 16, 2025 on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
| F-4 |
| Table of Contents |
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ RSM US LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 16, 2025
| F-5 |
| Table of Contents |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Lakeland Industries, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 31, 2024, the related statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for the period ended January 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 31, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended January 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
April 10, 2024, except for Note 14, as to which the date is April 16, 2025
We began serving as the Company’s auditor in 2020. In 2024, we became the predecessor auditor.
| F-6 |
| Table of Contents |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended January 31, 2025 and 2024
($000’s) except share information
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Net sales |
|
$ | 167,211 |
|
|
$ | 124,688 |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
|
98,537 |
|
|
|
73,496 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
68,674 |
|
|
|
51,192 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
67,401 |
|
|
|
45,200 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
10,538 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Operating (loss) income |
|
|
(9,265 | ) |
|
|
5,993 |
|
Impairment of equity method investment |
|
|
(7,639 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
3,415 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,650 | ) |
|
|
(52 | ) |
(Loss) income before taxes |
|
|
(18,356 | ) |
|
|
9,356 |
|
Income tax (benefit) expense |
|
|
(281 | ) |
|
|
3,930 |
|
Net (loss) income |
|
$ | (18,075 | ) |
|
$ | 5,425 |
|
Net (loss) income per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ | (2.43 | ) |
|
$ | 0.74 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ | (2.43 | ) |
|
$ | 0.72 |
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
7,426,401 |
|
|
|
7,352,356 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
7,426,401 |
|
|
|
7,539,705 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-7 |
| Table of Contents |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
For the Years Ended January 31, 2025 and 2024
($000)’s
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Net (loss) income |
|
$ | (18,075 | ) |
|
$ | 5,425 |
|
Other comprehensive loss: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
(1,600 | ) |
|
|
(1,669 | ) |
Comprehensive (loss) income |
|
$ | (19,675 | ) |
|
$ | 3,756 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-8 |
| Table of Contents |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
January 31, 2025 and 2024
($000’s, except share information)
ASSETS | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Current assets |
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ | 17,476 |
|
|
$ | 25,222 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,237 and $857 at January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively |
|
|
27,607 |
|
|
|
19,169 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
82,739 |
|
|
|
51,250 |
|
Prepaid VAT and other taxes |
|
|
2,598 |
|
|
|
2,753 |
|
Income tax receivable and other current assets |
|
|
6,111 |
|
|
|
3,111 |
|
Total current assets |
|
|
136,531 |
|
|
|
101,505 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
13,948 |
|
|
|
10,685 |
|
Operating leases right-of-use assets |
|
|
13,917 |
|
|
|
10,969 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
6,270 |
|
|
|
3,097 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
16,240 |
|
|
|
13,669 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
25,503 |
|
|
|
6,830 |
|
Equity method investments |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
4,719 |
|
Convertible debt investments |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2,161 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ | 212,531 |
|
|
$ | 153,745 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ | 15,742 |
|
|
$ | 7,378 |
|
Accrued compensation and benefits |
|
|
4,501 |
|
|
|
3,922 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
8,130 |
|
|
|
2,487 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
1,993 |
|
|
|
1,454 |
|
Short-term borrowings |
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
Accrued earnout agreement |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
643 |
|
Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
|
3,602 |
|
|
|
2,164 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
34,907 |
|
|
|
18,346 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
3,891 |
|
|
|
2,097 |
|
Loans payable – long term |
|
|
16,426 |
|
|
|
731 |
|
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities |
|
|
10,681 |
|
|
|
9,121 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
65,905 |
|
|
|
30,294 |
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par; authorized 1,500,000 shares (none issued) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Common stock, $0.01 par; authorized 20,000,000 shares, Issued 10,856,812 and 8,722,965; outstanding 9,498,604 and 7,364,757 at January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively |
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,358,208 shares at January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
|
(19,979 | ) |
|
|
(19,979 | ) |
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
123,136 |
|
|
|
79,420 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
50,320 |
|
|
|
69,282 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(6,960 | ) |
|
|
(5,360 | ) |
Total stockholders' equity |
|
|
146,626 |
|
|
|
123,450 |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
|
$ | 212,531 |
|
|
$ | 153,745 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-9 |
| Table of Contents |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Years Ended January 31, 2025 and 2024
($000’s, except share information)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Treasury Stock |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Loss |
|
|
Total |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Balance, January 31, 2023 |
|
|
8,655,699 |
|
|
$ | 87 |
|
|
|
(1,330,694 | ) |
|
$ | (19,646 | ) |
|
$ | 78,475 |
|
|
$ | 64,765 |
|
|
$ | (3,691 | ) |
|
$ | 119,990 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
5,425 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
5,425 |
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(908 | ) |
|
- |
|
|
|
(908 | ) | |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1,669 | ) |
|
|
(1,669 | ) |
Stock-based compensation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock issued |
|
|
67,266 |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
||
Restricted stock plan |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,365 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,365 |
|
Return of shares in lieu of payroll tax withholding |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(420 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(420 | ) |
Treasury stock purchased |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(27,514 | ) |
|
|
(333 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(333 | ) |
Balance, January 31, 2024 |
|
|
8,722,965 |
|
|
$ | 87 |
|
|
|
(1,358,208 | ) |
|
$ | (19,979 | ) |
|
$ | 79,420 |
|
|
$ | 69,282 |
|
|
$ | (5,360 | ) |
|
$ | 123,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(18,075 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(18,075 | ) |
Dividends paid |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(887 | ) |
|
- |
|
|
|
(887 | ) | |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1,600 | ) |
|
|
(1,600 | ) |
Underwritten stock offering, net of expenses |
|
|
2,093,000 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
42,605 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
42,626 |
|
Stock-based compensation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock issued |
|
|
67,266 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Restricted stock plan |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,557 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,557 |
|
Return of shares in lieu of payroll tax withholding |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(446 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(446 | ) |
Balance, January 31, 2025 |
|
|
10,856,812 |
|
|
$ | 109 |
|
|
|
(1,358,208 | ) |
|
$ | (19,979 | ) |
|
$ | 123,136 |
|
|
$ | 50,320 |
|
|
$ | (6,960 | ) |
|
$ | 146,626 |
|
| F-10 |
| Table of Contents |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended January 31, 2025 and 2024
($000’s)
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net (loss) income |
|
$ | (18,075 | ) |
|
$ | 5,425 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(4,086 | ) |
|
|
(818 | ) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3,316 |
|
|
|
2,111 |
|
Amortization of step-up in inventory basis |
|
|
1,036 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Stock based compensation |
|
|
1,558 |
|
|
|
1,365 |
|
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
(3,764 | ) |
Equity in loss of equity method investment |
|
|
384 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
Change in fair value of earnout consideration |
|
|
(711 | ) |
|
|
(2,538 | ) |
Impairment of equity method investment |
|
|
7,639 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Impairment of goodwill |
|
|
10,538 |
|
|
|
- |
|
(Increase) decrease in operating assets, net of effects of business acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(2,828 | ) |
|
|
(843 | ) |
Inventories |
|
|
(14,242 | ) |
|
|
7,738 |
|
Prepaid VAT and other taxes |
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
(789 | ) |
Other current assets |
|
|
(1,477 | ) |
|
|
(15 | ) |
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
5,979 |
|
|
|
417 |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
(3,500 | ) |
|
|
982 |
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
(1,901 | ) |
|
|
955 |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
|
(15,881 | ) |
|
|
10,912 |
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(1,540 | ) |
|
|
(2,069 | ) |
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
4,559 |
|
Acquisition, net of cash acquired |
|
|
(45,084 | ) |
|
|
(5,452 | ) |
Investments |
|
|
(1,118 | ) |
|
|
(2,154 | ) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(47,742 | ) |
|
|
(5,116 | ) |
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary stock offering proceeds |
|
|
42,626 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Term loan borrowings |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Term loan repayments |
|
|
(635 | ) |
|
|
(1,386 | ) |
Credit line borrowings |
|
|
59,400 |
|
|
|
5,664 |
|
Credit line borrowings – repayments |
|
|
(46,158 | ) |
|
|
(5,664 | ) |
UK borrowings (repayments) under line of credit facility |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(405 | ) |
Dividends paid |
|
|
(887 | ) |
|
|
(908 | ) |
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(333 | ) |
Shares returned to pay employee taxes under restricted stock program |
|
|
(446 | ) |
|
|
(420 | ) |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
56,588 |
|
|
|
(3,452 | ) |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(711 | ) |
|
|
(1,761 | ) |
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(7,746 | ) |
|
|
583 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
25,222 |
|
|
|
24,639 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ | 17,476 |
|
|
$ | 25,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest |
|
$ | 1,650 |
|
|
$ | 63 |
|
Cash paid for taxes |
|
$ | 3,219 |
|
|
$ | 2,169 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
| F-11 |
| Table of Contents |
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business
Lakeland Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries, doing business as “Lakeland Fire + Safety” (“Lakeland,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”), manufacture and sell a comprehensive line of fire services and industrial protective clothing and accessories for the industrial and first responder markets. Our products are sold globally by our in-house sales teams, our customer service group, and authorized independent sales representatives to a strategic global network of selective fire safety and industrial distributors and wholesale partners. Our authorized distributors supply end users, such as integrated oil, chemical/petrochemical, automobile, transportation, steel, glass, construction, smelting, cleanroom, janitorial, pharmaceutical, and high technology electronics manufacturers, as well as scientific, medical laboratories and the utilities industry. In addition, we supply federal, state and local governmental agencies and departments, such as fire and law enforcement, airport crash rescue units, the Department of Defense, the Department of Homeland Security and the Centers for Disease Control. Internationally, we sell to a mixture of end users directly and to industrial distributors, depending on the particular country and market. In addition to the United States, sales are made into more than 50 foreign countries, the majority of which were into China, the European Economic Community ("EEC"), Canada, Chile, Argentina, Russia, Kazakhstan, Colombia, Mexico, Ecuador, India, Uruguay, Middle East, Southeast Asia, Australia, Hong Kong and New Zealand. As referred to herein, FY refers to a fiscal year ended January 31; for example, FY25 refers to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2025.
Basis of Presentation
The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). We have reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation. The following is a description of the Company’s significant accounting policies.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. It is reasonably possible that events could occur during the upcoming year that could change such estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid temporary cash investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds.
Accounts Receivable, Net.Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates credit losses by considering historical credit losses, the current economic environment, customer credit ratings or bankruptcies.
Inventories
Inventories include freight-in, materials, labor and overhead costs and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out or moving average basis) or net realizable value. Allowances are recorded for slow-moving, obsolete or unusable inventory. We assess our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory and write down the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about future sales and supply on hand, if necessary. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.
| F-12 |
| Table of Contents |
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements and leasehold costs are amortized over the term of the lease or service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The costs of additions and improvements that substantially extend the useful life of a particular asset are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the account, and the gain or loss on disposition is reflected in operating income.
Assets held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell. Gains or losses are recognized for any subsequent changes to fair value less cost to sell. However, gains are limited to cumulative losses previously recognized. Assets classified as held for sale are not depreciated.
Equity Method Investments
Investments in which the Company can exercise significant influence but do not control, are accounted for using the equity method. The Company’s share of the net earnings or losses of the investee is presented within the consolidated statements of operations as other income (expense). The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may be impaired. The primary factors the Company considers in its determination are the length of time that the fair value of the investment is below the Company's carrying value; the severity of the decline; and the financial condition, operating performance and near-term prospects of the investee. If the decline in fair value is deemed to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value. In situations where the fair value of an investment is not evident due to a lack of a public market price or other factors, the Company estimates fair value based on a discounted cash flow model and a market-based approach using inputs that include expected cash flows and a discount rate representative of the risks within the underlying business and forecasts to arrive at the estimated fair value of such investment.
Business combinations
In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Assigning fair market values to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition requires knowledge of current market values and the values of assets in use and often requires the application of judgment regarding estimates and assumptions. While the ultimate responsibility resides with management for material acquisitions, we retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets, tangible long-lived assets, and contingent consideration. Acquired intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are valued using certain discounted cash flow methodologies based on future cash flows specific to the type of intangible asset purchased. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes.
If the contingent consideration is deemed significant or absent an agreed-upon payout amount, the initial measurement of contingent consideration and the corresponding liability is evaluated using the Monte Carlo Method. For this valuation method, management develops projections during the contingent consideration period utilizing various potential pay-out scenarios. Probabilities are applied to each potential scenario, and the resulting values are discounted using a rate that considers the weighted average cost of capital as well as a specific risk premium associated with the riskiness of the contingent consideration itself, the related projections, and the overall business. Should actual results increase or decrease as compared to the assumption used in our analysis, the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations will increase or decrease, up to the contracted limit, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration could cause a material impact and volatility in our operating results.
| F-13 |
| Table of Contents |
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are assessed for possible impairment annually on November 1st or whenever circumstances change such that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.
All goodwill is assigned to and evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Goodwill is not amortized but evaluated for impairment at least annually (on November 1) or whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company may perform either a qualitative assessment of potential impairment or proceed directly to a quantitative assessment of potential impairment. If the Company chooses not to perform a qualitative assessment, or if it chooses to perform a qualitative assessment but is unable to conclude that no impairment has occurred qualitatively, then the Company will perform a quantitative assessment. A quantitative test for goodwill impairment is performed by determining the fair value of the related reporting units. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit with which the goodwill is associated and compares it to the carrying value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is measured using the discounted cash flow method and relative market-based approaches.
Revenue Recognition
Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is derived from product sales, which consist of sales of the Company’s personal protective wear products to distributors. The Company considers purchase orders to be a contract with a customer. Contracts with customers are considered to be short-term when the time between order confirmation and satisfaction of the performance obligations is equal to or less than one year, and virtually all of the Company’s contracts are short-term. The Company recognizes revenue for the transfer of promised goods to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods. Approximately 3% of the Company’s revenue is derived from maintenance, repair and laundry services for protective wear products. Revenue from these services represents a single-performance obligation. The Company recognizes revenue at a point in time when the performance obligation under the terms of the contract with a customer is satisfied. The Company typically satisfies its performance obligations in contracts with customers upon shipment of the goods. Generally, payment is due from customers within 30 to 90 days of the invoice date, and the contracts do not have significant financing components. The Company elected to account for shipping and handling activities as a fulfillment cost rather than a separate performance obligation. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in operating expenses, and for FY25 and FY24 aggregated approximately $4.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenue.
The transaction price includes estimates of variable consideration related to rebates, allowances, and discounts that are reductions in revenue. All estimates are based on the Company's historical experience, anticipated performance, and the Company's best judgment at the time the estimate is made. Estimates for variable consideration are reassessed each reporting period and are included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur upon resolution of uncertainty associated with the variable consideration. All the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation satisfied at a point in time, and the transaction price is stated in the contract, usually as quantity times price per unit.
The Company receives advances under certain of its contracts for products sold by Eagle. Those advances are considered contract liabilities with revenues recorded upon delivery of promised goods to customers. These advances are included in Other Accrued Expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
| F-14 |
| Table of Contents |
The Company has seven revenue generating reportable geographic segments under ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” and derives its sales primarily from its limited use/disposable protective clothing and firefighting and heat protective apparel and secondarily from its sales of reflective clothing, high-end chemical protective suits, reusable woven garments and gloves and arm guards. The Company believes disaggregation of revenue by geographic region and product line best depicts the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows (see table below). Net sales by geographic region and by product line are included below:
|
|
Year Ended January 31, (in millions of dollars) |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
External Sales by Product Lines: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Disposables |
|
$ | 52.2 |
|
|
$ | 49.6 |
|
Chemical |
|
|
21.5 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
Fire |
|
|
63.0 |
|
|
|
26.5 |
|
Gloves |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
High Visibility |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
High Performance Wear |
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Wovens |
|
|
16.8 |
|
|
|
12.6 |
|
Consolidated external sales |
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|||||
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
(in millions of dollars) |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
External Sales by Region: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 60.4 |
|
|
$ | 55.3 |
|
Europe |
|
|
42.1 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Asia |
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Canada |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
21.2 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
Consolidated external sales |
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
| F-15 |
| Table of Contents |
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. Advertising and co-op costs amounted to $0.9 million and $0.6 million in FY25 and FY24.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company records the cost of stock-based compensation plans based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. For awards that contain a vesting provision, the cost is recognized over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award), which approximates the performance period. For awards based on services already rendered, the cost is recognized immediately.
Income Taxes
The Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates as part of preparing the consolidated financial statements. This involves estimating the actual current tax in addition to assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatments for tax and financial accounting purposes. These differences, together with net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits, are recorded as deferred tax assets or liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. A judgment must then be made of the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. A valuation allowance may be required to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In the event the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax asset in the future or that new estimates indicate that a previously recorded valuation allowance is no longer required, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset is charged or credited to income in the period of such determination.
The Company recognizes tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” minimum recognition threshold. If necessary, the Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with tax matters as part of the income tax provision and would include accrued interest and penalties with the related tax liability in the consolidated balance sheets.
Foreign Operations and Foreign Currency Translation
The Company maintains manufacturing operations in Mexico, India, Argentina, New Zealand, Romania, Vietnam and the People’s Republic of China and can access independent contractors in China, Vietnam, Argentina and Mexico. It also maintains sales and distribution entities in India, Canada, the U.K., Chile, China, Argentina, Russia, Kazakhstan, Uruguay, Australia, New Zealand, Italy, Germany and Mexico. The Company is vulnerable to currency risks in these countries. The functional currency for the U. K., the Pound; the trading company in China, the RMB; in Russia, the Ruble; in New Zealand the New Zealand Dollar, in Germany and Italy the Euro, in Romania the Leu, in Australia the Australian Dollar, in Hong Kong the Hong Kong Dollar and in Kazakhstan the Kazakhstan Tenge. All other operations have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.
Pursuant to US GAAP, assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the periods. Translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Cash flows are also translated at average translation rates for the periods; therefore, amounts reported on the consolidated statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheet. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value. US GAAP defines fair value, provides guidance for measuring fair value and requires certain disclosures utilizing a fair value hierarchy which is categorized into three levels based on the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.
The following is a brief description of those three levels:
|
Level 1: |
Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. |
|
Level 2: |
Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active. |
|
Level 3: |
Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s own assumptions. |
| F-16 |
| Table of Contents |
There were no foreign currency forward or hedge contracts at January 31, 2025 or January 31, 2024.
The financial instruments of the Company classified as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, borrowings under the revolving credit facility, accounts payable and accrued expenses, are recorded at carrying value, which approximates fair value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. Borrowings under the company’s loan agreement approximate fair value as such borrowings bear interest at variable rates.
Certain assets, in specific circumstances, are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis utilizing Level 3 inputs such as goodwill, intangibles and the equity method investment. For these assets, measurement at fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition would be applicable if one or more of these assets were determined to be impaired.
Net Income Per Share
Net income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding without consideration of common stock equivalents. Diluted net income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents. The diluted net income per share calculation takes into account unvested restricted shares and the shares that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options, reduced by shares that may be repurchased with the funds received from the exercise, based on the average price during the fiscal year.
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Standards and Disclosure Rules
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.
Segment Reporting
The Company adopted ASU No. 2023-07 (“ASU 2023-07”), Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures for the year ended January 31, 2025 and applied it retrospectively for the prior period presented. See “Note 14. Segment Reporting.”
Income Taxes
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures.” This guidance requires a public entity to disclose in their rate reconciliation table additional categories of information about federal, state and foreign income taxes and to provide more details about the reconciling items in some categories if the items meet a quantitative threshold. The guidance also requires all entities to disclose annually income taxes paid (net of refunds received) disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes and to disaggregate the information by jurisdiction based on a quantitative threshold. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted, and this guidance should be applied prospectively but there is the option to apply it retrospectively. The Company plans to adopt the provisions of this guidance in conjunction with our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending January 31, 2026.
Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03 (“ASU 2024-03”), Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“DISE”). ASU 2024-03 requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for public business entities. ASU 2024-03 does not change the expense captions an entity presents on the face of the income statement; rather, it requires disaggregation of certain expense captions into specified categories in disclosures within the footnotes to the financial statements. As revised by ASU No. 2025-01, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures, the provisions of ASU 2024-03 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. With the exception of expanding disclosures to include more granular income statement expense categories, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2024-03 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
| F-17 |
| Table of Contents |
2. INVENTORIES, NET
Inventories consist of the following (in $000s):
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Raw materials |
|
$ | 39,344 |
|
|
$ | 27,417 |
|
Work-in-process |
|
|
2,692 |
|
|
|
668 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
44,158 |
|
|
|
29,719 |
|
Excess and obsolete adjustments |
|
|
(3,455 | ) |
|
|
(6,554 | ) |
|
|
$ | 82,739 |
|
|
$ | 51,250 |
|
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property and equipment consist of the following (in $000s):
|
|
Useful Life in |
|
|
January 31, |
|
||||||
|
|
Years |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
|||
Machinery and equipment |
|
3-10 |
|
|
$ | 14,180 |
|
|
$ | 10,773 |
|
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
3-10 |
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
988 |
|
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
Shorter of lease term or useful life |
|
|
|
3,059 |
|
|
|
2,388 |
|
|
Computer hardware and software |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5,141 |
|
|
|
5,430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and building |
|
20-30 |
|
|
|
7,623 |
|
|
|
7,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,179 |
|
|
|
27,203 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,201 | ) |
|
|
(17,600 | ) |
Construction-in-progress |
|
|
|
|
|
|
970 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ | 13,948 |
|
|
$ | 10,685 |
|
Depreciation and amortization expense for FY25 and FY24 amounted to $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
4. INVESTMENTS
On October 18, 2021, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with Inova Design Solutions Ltd, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and headquartered in the United Kingdom, doing business as Bodytrak® (“Bodytrak”), and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which Bodytrak agreed to issue and sell to the Company 508,905 cumulative convertible series A shares of Bodytrak (“Series A Shares”) in exchange for a payment by the Company of £2,000,000 ($2.8 million). The closing of this minority investment transaction occurred on October 18, 2021. The Series A Shares issued to the Company at the closing represented approximately 11.43% of Bodytrak’s total share capital.
On April 28, 2022, the Company, under the terms of the Investment Agreement, acquired an additional 381,679 Series A1 Shares of Bodytrak for £1,500,000 ($1.9 million). On October 26, 2022, the Company acquired an additional 254,452 Series A Shares of Bodytrak for £1,000,000 ($1.2 million). After the completion of these additional investments, the Company owned 22.5% of Bodytrak’s total share capital. The investment in Bodytrak is accounted for under the equity method, given our board representation and the resulting ability to exercise significant influence. A substantial portion of our investment represents differences in our investment and our share of the underlying recognized net assets of Bodytrak. These differences are predominately attributable to non-amortizing intangible assets of Bodytrak, including internally developed intellectual property.
| F-18 |
| Table of Contents |
On May 19, 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with Bodytrak to provide an additional investment of up to an aggregate of £1,500,000 ($1.9 million on the date of initial investment) in the form of a secured convertible loan with an option for an additional £1,000,000 investment at the Company’s discretion. An initial investment funding of £500,000 ($0.6 million on the date of investment) was made on May 19, 2023. Additional investment fundings of £700,000 ($0.9 million on the date of investment), £500,000 ($0.6 million on the date of investment), £500,000 ($0.6 million on the date of investment) and £200,000 ($0.3 million on the date of investment) were made on September 8, 2023, December 15, 2023, February 13, 2024 and August 28, 2024, respectively. The loaned amounts are due twenty-four months from the issue date, which can be extended upon mutual agreement. The convertible notes bear interest at either an annual rate of 12% for cash interest or 15% for payment in kind interest on the outstanding amount under the note, such rate being selected by Bodytrak. There have been no payments received on the convertible notes during the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024.
The notes were convertible into equity shares of Bodytrak under a number of conditions, including a qualified equity financing as defined in the agreement, a change of control, an IPO, default or conversion at the discretion of the Company and upon the occurrence of the specified event. The convertible notes are secured by Bodytrak’s intellectual property.
Bodytrak provides wearable monitoring solutions for customers in industrial health, safety, defense and first responder markets wanting to achieve better employee health and performance. Bodytrak’s solution is provided as a platform as a service (PaaS), delivering real-time data, cloud-based analytics, and hardware that includes a patented earpiece for physiological monitoring and audio communications.
The Company’s investment in Bodytrak has generated losses since its initial acquisition and has required repeated rounds of financing to maintain operations. In February 2025, Bodytrak entered insolvency proceedings in the United Kingdom. Since the initial date of acquisition through January 31, 2025, the Company has recognized a total of $1.5 million in losses from its investment in Bodytrak. As of January 31, 2025, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $7.6 million for the remaining recorded value of the equity method and convertible debt investments.
5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill as of January 31, 2025 and 2024, and changes in goodwill during the fiscal years then ended, were as follows (in $000s):
|
|
USA Operations |
|
|
Europe |
|
|
Other Foreign |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Balance at January 31, 2023 |
|
$ | 871 |
|
|
$ | 7,602 |
|
|
$ | - |
|
|
$ | 8,473 |
|
Measurement period adjustment |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,447 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,447 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
3,749 |
|
|
|
3,749 |
|
Impairment |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Currency translation |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Balance at January 31, 2024 |
|
$ | 871 |
|
|
$ | 9,049 |
|
|
$ | 3,749 |
|
|
$ | 13,669 |
|
Measurement period adjustment |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(691 | ) |
|
|
(691 | ) |
Acquisitions |
|
|
4,956 |
|
|
|
8,969 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
13,925 |
|
Impairment |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(7,512 | ) |
|
|
(3,026 | ) |
|
|
(10,538 | ) |
Currency translation |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(93 | ) |
|
|
(32 | ) |
|
|
(125 | ) |
Balance at January 31, 2025 |
|
$ | 5,827 |
|
|
$ | 10,413 |
|
|
$ | - |
|
|
$ | 16,240 |
|
The Company performed valuations of the Pacific and Eagle reporting units using market value and discounted cash flow methodologies. Pacific’s forecast was impacted by planned investments to improve future profitability, but the profitability has not improved as much as expected. Eagle has variability in their revenue as they primarily sell through tenders which impacted their financial outlook. Given the results of the quantitative assessment, the Company determined that the goodwill of the Pacific reporting unit was impaired and the goodwill of the Eagle reporting unit was partially impaired. As a result, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $3.0 million representing the entire amount of goodwill related to the Pacific reporting unit in the Other Foreign geographic segment and recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $7.5 million representing 83% of goodwill related to the Eagle reporting unit in the Europe geographic segment for the year ended January 31, 2025.
| F-19 |
| Table of Contents |
During FY24, a measurement period adjustment was recorded to recognize deferred tax liabilities of $1.4 million associated with the finite-lived intangibles acquired in the FY23 Eagle acquisition, with a corresponding increase to goodwill.
Intangible assets as of January 31, 2025 and 2024, and changes in intangible assets during the fiscal years then ended, were as follows (in $000s):
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ | 6,830 |
|
|
$ | 6,042 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
19,319 |
|
|
|
1,211 |
|
Measurement period adjustments |
|
|
1,093 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Amortization |
|
|
(997 | ) |
|
|
(423 | ) |
Currency translation |
|
|
(742 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
Balance at end of year |
|
$ | 25,503 |
|
|
$ | 6,830 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Intangible Assets (in $000s) |
|
Weighted Average Life in Years |
|
|
Gross Carrying Amount |
|
|
Accumulated Amortization |
|
|
Net Carrying Amount |
|
|
Gross Carrying Amount |
|
|
Accumulated Amortization |
|
|
Net Carrying Amount |
|
|||||||
Customer relationships |
|
|
20 |
|
|
$ | 20,543 |
|
|
$ | (1,655 | ) |
|
$ | 18,888 |
|
|
$ | 3,558 |
|
|
$ | (267 | ) |
|
$ | 3,291 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
5,079 |
|
|
|
(568 | ) |
|
|
4,511 |
|
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
(109 | ) |
|
|
1,664 |
|
Technological know-how |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
2,447 |
|
|
|
(343 | ) |
|
|
2,104 |
|
|
|
1,989 |
|
|
|
(114 | ) |
|
|
1,875 |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
$ | 28,069 |
|
|
$ | (2,566 | ) |
|
$ | 25,503 |
|
|
$ | 7,320 |
|
|
$ | (490 | ) |
|
$ | 6,830 |
|
Amortization expense was $1.0 million and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Intangible asset amortization expense over the next five years is expected to be approximately $1.9 million per year.
6. ACQUISITIONS
Acquisition of Veridian
On December 16, 2024, the Company acquired 100% of U.S. based Veridian Limited (Veridian) for cash consideration of approximately $26.1 million subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Founded in 1992, Veridian is a leading provider of firefighter protective apparel, including fire and rescue garments, gloves and boots.
Veridian’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The acquisition qualified as a business combination and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Veridian’s operating results and assets, including acquired intangibles and goodwill, are reported as part of United States in our geographic segment reporting.
| F-20 |
| Table of Contents |
The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the Veridian assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:
Net working capital acquired, including cash of $0.5 million |
|
$ | 8,843 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
1,287 |
|
Right of use assets |
|
|
768 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
9,950 |
|
Trade names |
|
|
1,400 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
4,956 |
|
Backlog |
|
|
200 |
|
Lease liabilities |
|
|
(768 | ) |
Other liabilities assumed |
|
|
(568 | ) |
Total net assets acquired |
|
$ | 26,068 |
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition were recorded at estimated fair values. Estimated fair values were determined by management, based in part on an independent valuation performed by a third-party valuation specialist. The valuation methods used to determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets included the excess earnings approach for customer relationships using customer inputs and contributory charges, the relief from royalty method for trade names and trademarks and technological know-how, and the cost method for the assembled workforce which was included in goodwill. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes. Cash flow forecasts were generally based on Veridian’s pre-acquisition forecasts. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of Veridian’s identifiable intangible assets will be deductible for tax purposes.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Among the factors that contributed to a purchase price in excess of the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired were the acquisition of an assembled workforce, the expected synergies and other benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of Veridian with our operations. Goodwill related to the Veridian acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
Due to the timing of the completion of the acquisition, the purchase price and related allocation are preliminary and could be revised as a result of adjustments made to the purchase price, additional information obtained regarding assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and revisions of provisional estimates of fair values, including, but not limited to, the completion of independent appraisals of inventory, contractual relationships, tangible assets and intangible assets. Changes to the purchase price allocation could be significant. The purchase price allocation will be finalized within the measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date.
Acquisition of LHD
On July 1, 2024, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of the fire and rescue business of LHD Group Deutschland GmbH and its subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Australia (collectively, "LHD") in an all-cash transaction subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Total consideration was $14.8 million, net of $1.5 million cash acquired, of which $15.5 million was paid to retire LHD’s debt and $0.8 million was paid to the seller at closing. LHD is a leading provider of firefighter turnout gear, accessories, and personal protective equipment cleaning, repair, and maintenance. LHD has 111 employees worldwide and is headquartered in Wesseling, Germany, with operations in Hong Kong and Australia.
LHD’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The acquisition qualified as a business combination and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. LHD’s operating results and assets, including acquired intangibles and goodwill, are reported as part of Europe in our geographic segment reporting.
| F-21 |
| Table of Contents |
The following table summarizes the fair values of the LHD assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition and reflective of measurement period adjustments:
Net working capital acquired, including cash of 1.5 million |
|
$ | 5,903 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
801 |
|
Right of use assets |
|
2,905 |
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
5,237 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
1,296 |
|
Technological know-how |
|
|
270 |
|
Other |
|
|
(76 | ) |
Goodwill |
|
|
7,606 |
|
Lease liabilities |
|
|
(2,905 | ) |
Other liabilities assumed |
|
|
(4,780 | ) |
Total net assets acquired |
|
$ | 16,257 |
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition were recorded at estimated fair values. Estimated fair values were determined by management, based in part on an independent valuation performed by a third-party valuation specialist. The valuation methods used to determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets included the excess earnings approach for customer relationships using customer inputs and contributory charges, the relief from royalty method for trade names and trademarks and technological know-how. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes. Cash flow forecasts were generally based on LHD’s pre-acquisition forecasts. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. The customer relationships, trade names and trademarks and technological know-how acquired in the LHD transaction are being amortized over periods of 20 years, 10 years and 15 years, respectively, and are not deductible for tax purposes.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Among the factors that contributed to a purchase price in excess of the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired were the acquisition of an assembled workforce, the expected synergies and other benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of LHD with our operations. Goodwill related to the LHD acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
Due to the timing of the completion of the acquisition, the purchase price and related allocation are preliminary and could be revised as a result of adjustments made to the purchase price, additional information obtained regarding assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and revisions of provisional estimates of fair values, including, but not limited to, the completion of independent appraisals, inventory, contractual relationships, tangible assets and intangible assets. These changes to the purchase price allocation could be significant. The purchase price allocation will be finalized within the measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date.
Acquisition of Jolly
On February 5, 2024, the Company acquired 100% of the shares of Italy and Romania-based Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, “Jolly”) in an all-cash transaction. Total consideration was $9.0 million, of which $7.5 million was paid to the seller at closing, and $1.5 million remained unpaid subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. Jolly is a leading designer and manufacturer of professional footwear for the firefighting, military, police, and rescue markets. The company is headquartered in Montebelluna, Italy, with manufacturing operations in Bucharest, Romania, and has 150 employees. Jolly’s primary customers are based in Europe.
Jolly’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The acquisition qualified as a business combination and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Jolly’s operating results and assets, including acquired intangibles and goodwill, are reported as part of Europe in our geographic segment reporting.
| F-22 |
| Table of Contents |
The following table summarizes the fair values of the Jolly assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition and reflective of measurement period adjustments:
Net working capital acquired, including cash of $3.0 million and inventory of $6.0 million |
|
$ | 9,246 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
1,277 |
|
Right of use assets |
|
|
1,783 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
425 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
610 |
|
Technological know-how |
|
|
272 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
1,363 |
|
Lease liabilities |
|
|
(1,783 | ) |
Other liabilities assumed, including debt of $3.7 million |
|
|
(4,212 | ) |
Total net assets acquired |
|
$ | 8,981 |
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition were recorded at estimated fair values. Estimated fair values were determined by management, based in part on an independent valuation performed by a third-party valuation specialist. The valuation methods used to determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets included the excess earnings approach for customer relationships using customer inputs and contributory charges, the relief from royalty method for trade names and trademarks and technological know-how. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes. Cash flow forecasts were generally based on Jolly’s pre-acquisition forecasts. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. The customer relationships, trade names and trademarks and technological know-how acquired in the Jolly transaction are being amortized over periods of 14 years, 10 years and 10 years, respectively, and are not deductible for tax purposes.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Among the factors that contributed to a purchase price in excess of the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired were the acquisition of an assembled workforce, the expected synergies and other benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of Jolly with our operations. Goodwill related to the Jolly acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
Acquisition of Pacific
On November 30, 2023 the Company acquired 100% of the shares of New Zealand-based Pacific Helmets NZ Limited (“Pacific”) in an all-cash transaction valued at approximately $6.3 million including the assumption of debt, subject to post-closing adjustments and customary holdback provisions. The acquisition enhances Lakeland’s product portfolio, particularly within fire service protective helmets. Headquartered in Whanganui, New Zealand, Pacific is a leading designer and provider of structural firefighting, wildland firefighting, and technical rescue helmets. The transaction was funded through the revolving credit facility and cash balances.
Pacific’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The acquisition qualified as a business combination and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.
As part of the acquisition agreement, Pacific paid from the holdback an amount equal to the amount by which Pacific’s revenue fell below NZ$11.1 million for Pacific’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 subject to certain conditions. The amount of the reduction to the holdback was $0.3 million.
| F-23 |
| Table of Contents |
The following table summarizes the fair values of the Pacific assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition and reflective of measurement period adjustments:
Net working capital acquired including cash of $0.1 million |
|
$ | 1,694 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
2,265 |
|
Right of use assets |
|
|
350 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
1,236 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
440 |
|
Technological know-how |
|
|
495 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
3,190 |
|
Total assets acquired |
|
|
9,670 |
|
Lease liabilities |
|
|
(350 | ) |
Less liabilities assumed |
|
|
(3,054 | ) |
Total net assets acquired |
|
$ | 6,266 |
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition were recorded at estimated fair values. Estimated fair values were determined by management, based in part on an independent valuation performed by a third-party valuation specialist. The valuation methods used to determine the estimated fair value of intangible assets included the excess earnings approach for customer relationships using customer inputs and contributory charges, the relief from royalty method for trade names and trademarks and technological know-how. Several significant assumptions and estimates were involved in the application of these valuation methods, including forecasted sales volumes and prices, royalty rates, costs to produce, tax rates, capital spending, discount rates, attrition rates and working capital changes. Cash flow forecasts were generally based on Pacific’s pre-acquisition forecasts. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives. The customer relationships, trade names and trademarks and technological know-how acquired in the Pacific transaction are being amortized over periods of 14 years, 15 years and 10 years, respectively, and are not deductible for tax purposes.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Among the factors that contributed to a purchase price in excess of the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired were the acquisition of an assembled workforce, the expected synergies and other benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of Pacific with our operations. Goodwill related to the Pacific acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
Total acquisition-related costs were $2.0 million and $0.5 million for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Transactional costs and acquisition-related amortization is included in operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following unaudited pro forma information presents our combined results of operations as if the Veridian, LHD, Jolly and Pacific acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of FY24. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information was prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under existing U.S. GAAP. The Company has been treated as the acquirer. The unaudited pro forma financial information was prepared to give effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the acquisition; (2) factually supportable, and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined company's results. There were no material transactions between the Company and the acquired entities during the periods presented that are required to be eliminated. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not reflect cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined companies may achieve or the costs to integrate the operations or the costs necessary to achieve cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements.
| F-24 |
| Table of Contents |
Pro forma combined financial information (Unaudited)
,
(in millions, except per share amounts) |
|
Year Ended January 31 |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Net sales |
|
$ | 178.5 |
|
|
$ | 173.2 |
|
Net income |
|
$ | (18.3 | ) |
|
$ | 5.4 |
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ | (2.46 | ) |
|
$ | 0.73 |
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ | (2.46 | ) |
|
$ | 0.71 |
|
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for information purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the combined results of operations that we would have reported had the acquisition been completed as of the beginning of FY24 and should not be taken as representative of our consolidated results of operations following the acquisition. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined financial information is not intended to project the future results of the combined company.
7. LONG-TERM DEBT
Revolving Credit Facility
On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement (the “Original Loan Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“Lender”), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Loan Agreement, dated June 18, 2021 (“Amendment No. 1”), Amendment No. 2 to the Loan Agreement, dated March 3, 2023 (“Amendment No. 2”), Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Agreement, dated November 30, 2023 (“Amendment No. 3”), Amendment No. 4 to the Loan Agreement, dated March 28, 2024 (“Amendment No. 4”), and Amendment No. 5 to the Loan Agreement, dated December 12, 2024 (“Amendment No. 5” and, collectively with Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2, Amendment No. 3, and Amendment No. 4, the “Loan Agreement Amendments”; and the Original Loan Agreement, as amended by the Loan Agreement Amendments, the “Amended Loan Agreement”).
The Amended Loan Agreement provides the Company with a secured revolving credit facility of up to $60.0 million of borrowings from December 12, 2024 through January 31, 2026 and of up to $50.0 million of borrowings from February 1, 2026 through January 31, 2027 (in each case, such limits remain subject to a reduction to no less than $40.0 million from the net proceeds of equity issuances if the Company raises capital during such periods). The revolving credit facility includes a $10.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. On January 24, 2025, as required by the Amended Loan Agreement, the Company used certain net proceeds of its equity issuance to reduce the principal amount outstanding under the Amended Loan Agreement. As a result thereof, the maximum principal amount under the revolving credit facility was reduced to $40 million. The credit facility matures on December 12, 2029.
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the greater of the daily Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) or an index floor of 1% plus (ii) the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement). The Applicable Rate is based upon a funded debt to EBITDA ratio (discussed below) and includes four different levels constituting a SOFR margin range from 1.25% to 2.00%. All outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest under the revolving credit facility is due and payable on the maturity date. On a one-time basis, and subject to there not existing an event of default, the Company may elect to convert up to $5.0 million of the then outstanding principal of the revolving credit facility to a term loan facility with an assumed amortization of 15 years and the same interest rate and maturity date as the revolving credit facility. The Amended Loan Agreement provides for a fee on any difference between the line of credit commitment and the amount of credit it actually uses, determined by the daily amount of credit outstanding during the specified period. Such fee is calculated at the Applicable Rate and is payable quarterly.
The Company made certain representations and warranties to the Lender in the Amended Loan Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type. The Company also agreed to maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter a minimum “basic fixed charge coverage ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) of at least 1.20x and a “funded debt to EBITDA ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) not to exceed 3.5x (with step-downs to 3.25x and 3.0x on February 1, 2026 and February 1, 2027, respectively), in each case for the trailing 12-month period ending with the applicable quarterly reporting period. In addition, the Company has agreed to maintain a springing “asset coverage ratio” (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement) of at least 1.10x, but only to the extent that the maximum funded debt to EBITDA ratio exceeds 3.25x at any reporting period. The Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants as of January 31, 2025.
| F-25 |
| Table of Contents |
The Company also agreed to certain negative covenants under the Amended Loan Agreement that are customary for credit arrangements of this type, including restrictions regarding the ability of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to conduct business, grant liens, make certain investments, make substantial changes in the present executive or management personnel, and incur additional indebtedness, which negative covenants are subject to certain exceptions. Moreover, the Amended Loan Agreement contains restrictions on the Company’s ability to enter into mergers and other business combination transactions and to purchase or acquire other businesses or their assets, although the Company may purchase a business or its assets without the consent of the Lender if the aggregate amount of consideration paid for by the Company is less than $26,000,000 for any individual acquisition or $36,000,000 on a cumulative basis for all such acquisitions or purchases subsequent to the date of Amendment No. 5. The Amended Loan Agreement also authorizes the Company to enter into additional lines of credit or incur liabilities in connection with the acquisitions of foreign subsidiaries in foreign countries where the Lender lacks a physical presence (such amounts not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate).
The Amended Loan Agreement contains customary events of default that include, among other things (subject to any applicable cure periods and materiality qualifier), non-payment of principal, interest or fees, defaults under related agreements with the Lender, cross-defaults under agreements for other indebtedness, violation of covenants, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgments and material adverse change. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Lender may terminate all loan commitments, declare all outstanding indebtedness owing under the Amended Loan Agreement and related documents to be immediately due and payable, and may exercise its other rights and remedies provided for under the Amended Loan Agreement.
In connection with the Amended Loan Agreement, the Company entered into with the Lender (i) a security agreement dated June 25, 2020, pursuant to which the Company granted to the Lender a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of the personal property and the intangibles of the Company, and (ii) a pledge agreement, dated June 25, 2020, pursuant to which the Company granted to the Lender a first priority perfected security interest in the stock of its subsidiaries (limited to 65% of those subsidiaries that are considered “controlled foreign subsidiaries” as set forth in the Internal Revenue Code and regulations). The Company’s obligations to the Lender under the Amended Loan Agreement are also secured by a negative pledge evidenced by a Non-encumbrance Agreement covering the real property owned by the Company in Decatur, Alabama.
As of January 31, 2025, the Company had no borrowings outstanding on the letter of credit sub-facility and borrowings of $13.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility and there was $26.8 million of additional available credit under the Loan Agreement. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings was 6.47% at January 31, 2025.
| F-26 |
| Table of Contents |
Borrowings in UK
On December 31, 2014, the Company and Lakeland Industries Europe, Ltd. (“Lakeland UK”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, amended the terms of its existing line of credit facility with HSBC Bank to provide for (i) a one-year extension of the maturity date of the existing financing facility to December 19, 2016, (ii) an increase in the facility limit from £1,250,000 (approximately USD $1.9 million, based on exchange rates at time of closing) to £1,500,000 (approximately USD $2.3 million, based on exchange rates at time of closing), and (iii) a decrease in the annual interest rate margin from 3.46% to 3.0%. In addition, pursuant to a letter agreement dated December 5, 2014, the Company agreed that £400,000 (approximately USD $0.6 million, based on exchange rates at the time of closing) of the note payable by the UK subsidiary to the Company shall be subordinated in priority of payment to the subsidiary’s obligations to HSBC under the financing facility. This agreement has been subsequently amended with the most recent amendment on March 8, 2022. The cumulative result of the amendments through March 8, 2022 reflect a reduction of the service charge to 0.765%. The agreement can be terminated with three months’ notice. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at January 31, 2025.
Pacific Borrowings
Pacific has two facilities with the Bank of New Zealand. Pacific has a trade finance facility where the lender finances vendor purchases. The trade finance facility has a limit of 500,000 New Zealand dollars and carries an interest rate at the prevailing base rate for the relevant currency of the vendor plus a margin of 3.00% per annum. The facility includes two term loans. The first term loan of 1,500,000 New Zealand dollars matures on December 17, 2025, carries an interest rate of 2.3% per annum and requires monthly payments of $19,350.27 New Zealand dollars. The second term loan of 550,000 New Zealand dollars matures on November 18, 2024, carries an interest rate of 3.5% per annum and requires monthly payments of 10,005 New Zealand dollars. The facilities expire in August 2026 and are secured by a security interest in Pacific’s real property. Borrowings under the trade finance facility and total amounts due under the term loans were $0.5 million at January 31, 2025.
Jolly Borrowings
On May 9, 2024, Jolly entered into a term loan agreement for 1,500,000 Euros to support working capital requirements with Banca Intesa Spa. The term loan will expire on March 31, 2027, and carries an interest rate of 5.42%. The term loan will be repaid in 11 installments of 136,364 Euros, paid quarterly and beginning September 30, 2024. Interest payments are made quarterly. The loan is guaranteed by SACE S.p.A., the Italian state-owned export credit finance agency.
Jolly received an advance of 1,200,000 Euros from BNL Bank as an advance on an Italian firefighters contract that will conclude in FY26. Interest on the advance is Euribor plus 1.0%.
As of January 31, 2025, the outstanding balance under the term loans was $2.5 million.
LHD Borrowings
Prior to the Company’s acquisition, LHD secured a federally guaranteed term loan of 800,000 Euros from Commerzbank AG under the “KfW Quick Loan 2020” program, launched by the German government in 2020 to support small and medium-sized enterprises affected by the COVID-19 crisis. Repayments of the loan, which matures on June 30, 2030, began on September 30, 2022, with quarterly installments of 25,000 Euros. As of January 31, 2025, the outstanding balance was 555,000 Euros ($576,000). The loan carries an interest rate of 3% per annum, with interest payments being due in arrears at the end of each quarter.
Veridian Borrowings
Prior to the Company’s acquisition, in February 2024, Veridian secured a term loan with USBank for a piece of equipment. The loan is for 60 months with monthly payments of approximately $8,000. The interest rate on the loan is 5.13%. As of January 31, 2025, the outstanding balance was $0.4 million.
Approximate maturities on our term loans over the next five years are $0.9 million in FY26, $2.3 million in FY27, $0.4 million in FY28, $0.2 million in FY29, $13.6 million thereafter.
| F-27 |
| Table of Contents |
8. CONCENTRATION OF RISK
Credit Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables. The concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across geographic areas principally within the United States. The Company routinely addresses the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that its receivable credit risk exposure is limited. The Company does not require customers to post collateral.
The Company’s foreign financial depositories are Bank of America; China Construction Bank; Bank of China; China Industrial and Commercial Bank; HSBC (UK); Royal Bank of Scotland, Rural Credit Cooperative of Shandong; Postal Savings Bank of China; Punjab National Bank; HSBC in India, Argentina, Australia and UK; Raymond James in Argentina; TD Canada Trust; Banco Itaú S.A., Banco Credito Inversione in Chile; Banco Mercantil Del Norte SA in Mexico; ALFA Bank and Bank Uralsib in Russia, JSC Bank Centercredit in Kazakhstan; Bank of New Zealand in New Zealand; BNL Gruppo Paribas, Banca Monti Dei ‘Paschi and Banca Intesa Spa in Italy; BCR in Romania; NAB in Australia: and Commerzbank AG in Germany. The Company monitors its financial depositories by their credit rating, which varies by country. In addition, cash balances in banks in the United States of America are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation subject to certain limitations. There was approximately $1.3 million total included in U.S. bank accounts and approximately $16.2 million total in foreign bank accounts as of January 31, 2025, of which $16.7 million was uninsured.
9. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
On June 21, 2017, the stockholders of the Company approved the Lakeland Industries, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”). The executive officers and all other employees and directors of the Company, including its subsidiaries, are eligible to participate in the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”), except that with respect to all non-employee directors, the Committee shall be deemed to include the full Board. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of equity-based compensation in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”).
An aggregate of 1,240,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are currently authorized for issuance under the 2017 Plan, as amended, subject to adjustment as provided in the 2017 Plan for stock splits, dividends, distributions, recapitalizations and other similar transactions or events. If any shares subject to an award are forfeited, expire, lapse or otherwise terminate without issuance of such shares, such shares shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, lapse or termination, again be available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.
The Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense, which are reflected in operating expenses (in 000’s):
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
2017 Plan: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total restricted stock and stock option programs |
|
$ | 1,558 |
|
|
$ | 1,365 |
|
Total income tax expense recognized for stock-based compensation arrangements |
|
$ | 327 |
|
|
$ | 287 |
|
| F-28 |
| Table of Contents |
Restricted Stock
Under the 2017 Plan, as described above, the Company awarded performance-based and service-based shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units to eligible employees and directors. The following table summarizes the activity under the 2017 Plan for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024. This table reflects the amount of awards granted at the number of shares that would be vested if the Company were to achieve the target performance level under the June 2021, June 2022, March 2023 and April 2024 grants.
|
|
Performance- Based |
|
|
Service-Based |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|
||||
Outstanding at January 31, 2023 |
|
|
127,480 |
|
|
|
40,665 |
|
|
|
168,145 |
|
|
$ | 22.95 |
|
Awarded |
|
|
64,953 |
|
|
|
130,390 |
|
|
|
195,343 |
|
|
$ | 14.19 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(71,202 | ) |
|
|
(26,336 | ) |
|
|
(97,538 | ) |
|
$ | 14.90 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(38,901 | ) |
|
|
(31,829 | ) |
|
|
(70,730 | ) |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 31, 2024 |
|
|
82,330 |
|
|
|
112,890 |
|
|
|
195,220 |
|
|
$ | 16.61 |
|
Awarded |
|
|
27,042 |
|
|
|
146,256 |
|
|
|
173,298 |
|
|
$ | 18.98 |
|
Vested |
|
- |
|
|
|
(70,220 | ) |
|
|
(70,220 | ) |
|
$ | 20.27 |
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(39,702 | ) |
|
|
(6,791 | ) |
|
|
(46,493 | ) |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 31, 2025 |
|
|
69,670 |
|
|
|
182,135 |
|
|
|
251,805 |
|
|
$ | 17.36 |
|
The actual number of shares of common stock of the Company, if any, to be earned by the award recipients is determined over a three-year performance measurement period based on measures that include Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) margin, revenue growth, and free cash flow for the June 2021 grants. Performance measures for the April 2022 grants are revenue growth and EBITDA margin. Performance measures for the March 2023 grants are revenue growth, EBITDA margin and return on invested capital. The performance measures for the April 2024 grants are aggregate revenue during FY25, FY26, and FY27; EBITDA margin; and free cash flow margin. The performance targets have been set for each of the Minimum, Target, and Maximum levels. The actual performance amount achieved is determined by the Committee and may be adjusted for items determined to be unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence, at the discretion of the Committee.
The compensation cost is based on the fair value at the grant date, is recognized over the requisite performance/service period using the straight-line method and is periodically adjusted for the probable number of shares to be awarded. As of January 31, 2025, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense totaled $3.0 million pursuant to the 2017 Plan based on outstanding awards under the Plan. This expense is expected to be recognized over approximately two years.
Stock Repurchase Program
On April 7, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to $5 million of its outstanding common stock, which became effective upon the completion of a prior share repurchase program. On December 1, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in the Company’s stock repurchase program, under which the Company may repurchase up to an additional $5 million of its outstanding common stock.
No shares were repurchased during FY25, leaving $5.0 million remaining under the share repurchase program at January 31, 2025. The share repurchase program has no expiration date but may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.
Sale of Common Stock
On January 24, 2025, the Company sold 2,093,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $20.68 after underwriting discount. After offering expenses, the Company received approximately $46.2, million which was used to pay down the credit facility.
| F-29 |
| Table of Contents |
10. INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) is based on the following pretax income (loss):
|
|
Years Ended |
|
|||||
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Domestic |
|
$ | (14,701 | ) |
|
$ | 8,648 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
(3,655 | ) |
|
|
708 |
|
Total |
|
$ | (18,356 | ) |
|
$ | 9,356 |
|
The domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) in the schedule above reflects intercompany dividends paid to the U.S. from international subsidiaries of $4.8 million and $11.4 million for fiscal years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
|
|
Years Ended |
|
|||||
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal |
|
$ | 8 |
|
|
$ | 17 |
|
State and other taxes |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
3,832 |
|
|
|
4,674 |
|
Total Current Tax Expense |
|
$ | 3,869 |
|
|
$ | 4,749 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic |
|
$ | (3,312 | ) |
|
$ | (186 | ) |
Foreign |
|
|
(838 | ) |
|
|
(633 | ) |
Total Deferred Tax Expense |
|
|
(4,150 | ) |
|
|
(819 | ) |
Total Income Taxes |
|
$ | (281 | ) |
|
$ | 3,930 |
|
The following is a reconciliation of the Federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate::
|
|
Years Ended January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Statutory rate |
|
|
21.00 | % |
|
|
21.00 | % |
State Income Taxes, Net of Federal Tax Benefit |
|
|
1.66 | % |
|
|
0.49 | % |
Adjustment to Deferred |
|
|
(5.38 | )% |
|
|
(23.26 | )% |
GILTI |
|
|
0.00 | % |
|
|
9.07 | % |
Foreign Tax Credit – GILTI |
|
|
0.00 | % |
|
|
(2.42 | )% |
Goodwill Impairment |
|
|
(12.06 | )% |
|
|
0.00 | % |
Section 250 Deduction |
|
|
0.00 | % |
|
|
(4.92 | )% |
Permanent Differences |
|
|
(1.48 | )% |
|
|
0.20 | % |
Valuation Allowance-Deferred Tax Asset |
|
|
0.17 | % |
|
|
33.29 | % |
Foreign Tax Credit |
|
|
8.19 | % |
|
|
(15.24 | )% |
Section 78 Gross-up |
|
|
0.00 | % |
|
|
0.77 | % |
Argentina Flow Through Loss |
|
|
(6.14 | )% |
|
|
7.20 | % |
Withholding Taxes |
|
|
(1.40 | )% |
|
|
5.72 | % |
Foreign Rate Differential |
|
|
(2.11 | )% |
|
|
18.25 | % |
Change in State Apportionment Rate |
|
|
(0.01 | )% |
|
|
(1.48 | )% |
Foreign employee benefits |
|
|
0.00 | % |
|
|
(1.58 | )% |
Foreign Dividends Paid to U.S. |
|
|
(5.48 | )% |
|
|
25.69 | % |
Foreign Dividends Received Deduction |
|
|
5.48 | % |
|
|
(25.69 | )% |
Earnout Adjustment |
|
|
0.81 | % |
|
|
(5.70 | )% |
Other |
|
|
(1.72 | )% |
|
|
0.62 | % |
Effective Rate |
|
|
1.53 | % |
|
|
42.01 | % |
| F-30 |
| Table of Contents |
The tax effects of temporary cumulative differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventories |
|
$ | 661 |
|
|
$ | 1,545 |
|
US tax loss carryforwards, including work opportunity credit |
|
|
2,364 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
Accounts receivable and accrued rebates |
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
Accrued compensation and other |
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
441 |
|
India reserves - US deduction |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Equity based compensation |
|
|
508 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
Foreign tax credit carry-forward |
|
|
5,184 |
|
|
|
4,548 |
|
State and local carry-forwards |
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
1,256 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(4,230 | ) |
|
|
(1,846 | ) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(301 | ) |
|
|
(253 | ) |
Right-of-use asset |
|
|
(1,577 | ) |
|
|
(1,590 | ) |
Operating lease liability |
|
|
1,660 |
|
|
|
1,672 |
|
Foreign carry-forwards |
|
|
1,029 |
|
|
|
1,102 |
|
Investments |
|
|
1,404 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
Section 163(j) Interest Expense |
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Withholding taxes |
|
|
(139 | ) |
|
|
(383 | ) |
Other |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
83 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
9,023 |
|
|
|
7,675 |
|
Less valuation allowance |
|
|
(6,644 | ) |
|
|
(6,675 | ) |
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ | 2,379 |
|
|
$ | 1,000 |
|
|
|
January 31, |
|
|||||
Balance sheet classification |
|
2024 |
|
|
2025 |
|
||
Long-term deferred tax assets |
|
$ | 6,270 |
|
|
$ | 3,097 |
|
Long-term deferred tax liability |
|
$ | 3,891 |
|
|
$ | 2,097 |
|
| F-31 |
| Table of Contents |
The benefit relating to operating loss, and credit carryforwards included in the above table at January 31, 2025, consisted of:
|
|
Gross Carryforward |
|
|
Benefit Amount |
|
|
Valuation Allowance |
|
|
Expiration Beginning In |
||||
State operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ | 35,834 |
|
|
$ | 1,528 |
|
|
$ | (925 | ) |
|
2028 |
|
Foreign tax credit carryforwards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,184 |
|
|
|
(3,509 | ) |
|
2026 |
|
Federal credit carryforwards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
2035 |
|
Mexico operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ | 1,022 |
|
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
(307 | ) |
|
2033 |
|
Chile operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ | 1,625 |
|
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
(439 | ) |
|
Indefinite |
|
Germany operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ | 2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1 | ) |
|
Indefinite |
|
UK operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ | 241 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
(60 | ) |
|
Indefinite |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
$ | 7,686 |
|
|
$ | (5,241 | ) |
|
|
|
A significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards were generated in the state of Alabama prior to the change in apportionment factor rules for that state in 2021 which moved the state to a single sales factor apportionment method. The impact of the state law change significantly reduced our apportionment factor in that state, making it unlikely that we will generate sufficient income allocated to that state in order to utilize the full amount of our net loss carryforwards prior to their expiration.
Indefinite Reinvestment Assertion
The Company generally considers all earnings generated outside of the U.S. to be permanently reinvested offshore, with the exception of countries where cash can be repatriated without withholding taxes, and in China in which the Company previously determined excess cash over what was required to fund operations and growth existed.
During FY25, the Company repatriated $4.8 million from two of its subsidiaries in China. The Company also identified an additional $0.4 million in excess cash in its Chinese operations, which it plans to repatriate in the future. A withholding tax liability of $0.1 million has been established for the expected withholding taxes as of the year ended January 31, 2025.
Income Tax Audits
The Company is subject to US federal income tax, as well as income tax in multiple US state and local jurisdictions and a number of foreign jurisdictions. Returns for the years since FY21 are still open based on statutes of limitation only.
Chinese tax authorities have performed limited reviews on all Chinese subsidiaries as of tax years 2008 through 2024 with no significant issues noted, and we believe our tax positions are reasonably stated as of January 31, 2025. The 2024 tax review will be performed before May 31, 2025 in China.
Change in Valuation Allowance
We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. The valuation allowance as of January 31, 2025 and January 31, 2024 was $6.6 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
| F-32 |
| Table of Contents |
11. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share as follows:
|
|
Years Ended January 31, (000’s except share information) |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Numerator – Net (Loss) Income |
|
$ | (18,075 | ) |
|
$ | 5,425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic net (loss) income per share (weighted-average shares which reflect 1,358,208 treasury shares at January 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively) |
|
|
7,426,401 |
|
|
|
7,352,356 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities from restricted stock plan and from dilutive effect of stock options |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
187,349 |
|
Denominator for diluted net income per share (adjusted weighted average shares) |
|
|
7,426,401 |
|
|
|
7,539,705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per share |
|
$ | (2.43 | ) |
|
$ | 0.74 |
|
Diluted net (loss) income per share |
|
$ | (2.43 | ) |
|
$ | 0.72 |
|
12. Derivative Instruments and Foreign Currency Exposure
The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk. Management has commenced a derivative instrument program to partially offset this risk by purchasing forward contracts to sell the Canadian Dollar and the Euro other than the cash flow hedge discussed below. Such contracts are largely timed to expire on the last day of the fiscal quarter, with a new contract purchased on the first day of the next quarter to match the Company's operating cycle. We designated the forward contracts as derivatives but not as hedging instruments, with loss and gain recognized in current earnings.
The Company accounts for its foreign exchange derivative instruments by recognizing all derivatives as either assets or liabilities at fair value, which may result in additional volatility in current period earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether the instrument was designated as a cash flow hedge, as a result of recording recognized and unrecognized gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivative instruments.
We have one type of derivatives to manage the risk of foreign currency fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts with financial institutions to manage our currency exposure related to net assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Those forward contract derivatives, not designated as hedging instruments, were generally settled quarterly. Gain and loss on those forward contracts are included in current earnings. There were no outstanding forward contracts at January 31, 2025 or 2024.
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, which inherently involve an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.
If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been or is probable of being incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potential material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.
During the third quarter of FY24, the Company sent a letter to the landlord outlining certain structural defects on the newly constructed facility in Monterrey, Mexico that would inhibit the Company from effectively utilizing the facility for its intended purpose. The Company has initiated discussions with the landlord as to potential remedies which may inform our decision-making process with respect to this property. Changes in our long-term intended use for the building may impact the carrying value of the currently recorded right of use asset.
| F-33 |
| Table of Contents |
General litigation contingencies
The Company is involved in various litigation proceedings arising during the normal course of business which, in the opinion of the management of the Company, will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of these matters. As of January 31, 2025, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, there were no significant outstanding claims or litigation.
Leases
We lease real property, equipment and automobiles. The Company made the accounting policy election to account for short-term leases as described herein. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company determines if a contract contains a lease at inception. US GAAP requires that the Company’s leases be evaluated and classified as operating or finance leases for financial reporting purposes. The classification evaluation begins at the commencement date and the lease term used in the evaluation includes the non-cancellable period for which the Company has the right to use the underlying asset, together with renewal option periods when the exercise of the renewal option is reasonably certain and failure to exercise such option would result in an economic penalty. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate ("IBR") at the recognition date in determining the present value of future payments for leases that do not have a readily determinable implicit rate. The Company’s IBR reflects a fully secured rate based on our revolving credit agreement, taking into consideration the repayment timing of the lease and any impacts due to the economic environment in which the lease operates. All of the Company’s real estate leases are classified as operating leases.
Most of our real estate leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that generally can extend the lease term for an additional four to five years. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion. The Company evaluates renewal options at lease inception and on an ongoing basis and includes renewal options that it is reasonably certain to exercise in its expected lease terms when classifying leases and measuring lease liabilities. Lease agreements generally do not require material variable lease payments, residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.
Lease cost
The components of lease expense are included on the consolidated statement of operations as follows (in 000’s):
|
|
Classification |
|
Year Ended January 31, 2025 |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, 2024 |
|
||
Operating lease cost |
|
Cost of goods sold |
|
$ | 1,040 |
|
|
$ | 1,092 |
|
|
|
Operating expenses |
|
$ | 2,393 |
|
|
$ | 1,402 |
|
Short-term lease cost |
|
Operating expenses |
|
$ | 132 |
|
|
$ | 221 |
|
Weighted-average lease terms and discount rates are as follows:
|
|
January 31, 2025 |
|
|
January 31, 2024 |
|
||
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating leases |
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average discount rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases |
|
|
8.9 | % |
|
|
10.4 | % |
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases were as follows (in 000’s):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
|
Year Ended January 31, 2025 |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, 2024 |
|
||
Operating cash flows from operating leases |
|
$ | 3,351 |
|
|
$ | 1,932 |
|
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities |
|
$ | 5,005 |
|
|
$ | 5,591 |
|
| F-34 |
| Table of Contents |
Maturity of Lease Liabilities
Maturity of lease liabilities as of January 31, 2025 was as follows (in $000’s):
Year ending January 31, |
|
Operating Leases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
$ | 3,602 |
|
2027 |
|
|
3,258 |
|
2028 |
|
|
2,795 |
|
2029 |
|
|
1,810 |
|
2030 |
|
|
1,653 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
5,028 |
|
Total lease payments |
|
|
18,146 |
|
Less: Interest |
|
|
3,863 |
|
Present value of lease liability |
|
$ | 14,283 |
|
| F-35 |
| Table of Contents |
14. SEGMENT REPORTING
Domestic and international sales from continuing operations are as follows in millions of dollars:
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
Domestic |
|
$ | 60.4 |
|
|
$ | 55.3 |
|
International |
|
|
106.8 |
|
|
|
69.4 |
|
Total |
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
The Company is organized into seven geographical operating segments that are based on management responsibilities: US Operations (including Corporate), Europe, Mexico, Asia, Canada, Latin America and Other Foreign.
The Company adopted ASU No. 2023-07 (“ASU 2023-07”), Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures for the year ended January 31, 2025 and applied it retrospectively for the prior period presented.
Gross profit and Operating profit are the measures used by the chief operating decision maker, identified as our President and Chief Executive Officer, to evaluate segment performance and identify opportunities when allocating resources.
The accounting principles applied at the reportable segment level in determining the segment measure of profit or loss are the same as those applied at the consolidated financial statement level. Sales and transfers between operating segments are accounted for at market-based transaction prices and are eliminated in consolidation.
Our US operations include a facility in Alabama (primarily the distribution to customers of the bulk of our products and the light manufacturing of our chemical, wovens, reflective, and fire products) and facilities in Iowa and Arkansas (fire services). The Company also maintains one manufacturing facility in China (primarily disposable and chemical suit production), a manufacturing facility in Mexico (primarily disposable, reflective, fire and chemical suit production), a manufacturing facility in Vietnam (primarily disposable production), a manufacturing in Argentina (primarily wovens and production), a manufacturing facility in Romania (boots), a manufacturing facility in New Zealand (helmets) and two small manufacturing facilities in India. Our China and Vietnam facilities produce a significant portion of the Company’s products. We evaluate the performance of these entities based on gross profit which is defined as net sales less cost of goods sold, and operating profit, which is defined as income before income taxes, interest expense and other income and expenses. We have sales forces in the USA, Canada, Mexico, Europe, Latin America, India, Russia, Kazakhstan, Australia, New Zealand and China, which sell and distribute products shipped from the United States, Mexico, China, Vietnam or India. The table below represents information about reportable segments for the years noted therein:
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
|
|
(in millions of dollars) |
|
|||||
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
US Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 66.7 |
|
|
$ | 60.9 |
|
Europe |
|
|
42.9 |
|
|
|
16.4 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Asia |
|
|
53.8 |
|
|
|
46.2 |
|
Canada |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
18.3 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
Less intersegment sales |
|
|
(53.7 | ) |
|
|
(45.1 | ) |
Consolidated sales |
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
External Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 60 |
|
|
$ | 55.3 |
|
Europe |
|
|
42.1 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Asia |
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Canada |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
21.2 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
Consolidated external sales |
|
$ | 167.2 |
|
|
$ | 124.7 |
|
Intersegment Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 6.3 |
|
|
$ | 5.6 |
|
Europe (UK) |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Asia |
|
|
39.9 |
|
|
|
32.4 |
|
Canada |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Latin America |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Consolidated intersegment sales |
|
$ | 53.7 |
|
|
$ | 45.1 |
|
| F-36 |
| Table of Contents |
|
|
Year Ended January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
|
|
(in millions of dollars) |
|
|||||
Cost of Goods Sold: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 41.6 |
|
|
$ | 40.9 |
|
Europe |
|
|
32.5 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Asia |
|
|
41.7 |
|
|
|
36.7 |
|
Canada |
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
11.4 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Less intersegment cost of goods sold |
|
|
(52.9 | ) |
|
|
(44.2 | ) |
Consolidated cost of goods sold |
|
$ | 98.5 |
|
|
$ | 73.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit (Loss); |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 25.0 |
|
|
$ | 20.0 |
|
Europe |
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Asia |
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
Canada |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Less intersegment (profit) loss |
|
|
(0.7 | ) |
|
|
(0.9 | ) |
Consolidated gross profit |
|
$ | 68.7 |
|
|
$ | 51.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 33.4 |
|
|
$ | 23.9 |
|
Europe |
|
|
12.0 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Asia |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
Canada |
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Less intersegment (profit) loss |
|
|
(1.4 | ) |
|
|
(1.2 | ) |
Consolidated operating expenses |
|
$ | 67.4 |
|
|
$ | 45.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill Impairment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe |
|
$ | 7.5 |
|
|
$ | - |
|
Other foreign |
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
$ | 10.5 |
|
|
$ | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (Loss) Profit: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | (8.0 | ) |
|
$ | (3.5 | ) |
Europe |
|
|
(9.6 | ) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
(1.5 | ) |
|
|
(2.1 | ) |
Asia |
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Canada |
|
|
(0.2 | ) |
|
|
1.5 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
(1.7 | ) |
|
|
2.0 |
|
Less intersegment (profit) loss |
|
|
(0.7 | ) |
|
|
0.3 |
|
Operating (loss) profit |
|
$ | (9.3) |
|
|
$ | 6.0 |
|
| F-37 |
| Table of Contents |
|
|
As of January 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2024 |
|
||
|
|
(in millions of dollars) |
|
|||||
Total Assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 167.4 |
|
|
$ | 92.2 |
|
Europe |
|
|
60.3 |
|
|
|
30.0 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
Asia |
|
|
48.0 |
|
|
|
51.6 |
|
Canada |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
21.7 |
|
|
|
15.0 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
18.3 |
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
Less intersegment |
|
|
(123.3 | ) |
|
|
(76.0 | ) |
Consolidated assets |
|
$ | 212.5 |
|
|
$ | 153.7 |
|
Total Assets Less Intersegment: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 85.6 |
|
|
$ | 47.1 |
|
Europe |
|
|
55.3 |
|
|
|
27.2 |
|
Mexico |
|
|
11.2 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
Asia |
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
29.0 |
|
Canada |
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
Latin America |
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
16.5 |
|
|
|
19.6 |
|
Consolidated assets |
|
$ | 212.5 |
|
|
$ | 153.7 |
|
Total Goodwill and Intangible Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
USA Operations (including Corporate) |
|
$ | 17.1 |
|
|
$ | 0.9 |
|
Europe |
|
|
22.7 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
Other foreign |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
Consolidated goodwill and intangible assets |
|
$ | 41.7 |
|
|
$ | 20.5 |
|
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has reviewed and evaluated whether any material subsequent events have occurred from January 31, 2025 through the filing date of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. All appropriate subsequent event disclosures have been made in the consolidated financial statements.
| F-38 |
| Table of Contents |
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
In connection with the preparation of this report, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)) as of January 31, 2025 was carried out by certain members of Company management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Due to a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described below, management concluded the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of January 31, 2025. Notwithstanding the existence of this material weakness, management believes the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition as reported in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting (ICOFR), as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process, under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the disposition of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorizations; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2025. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). As a result of this assessment, management has concluded controls were not effective. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
| 38 |
| Table of Contents |
Management identified the following material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting:
The Company has undergone significant changes in size, complexity and geographic footprint primarily due to multiple acquisitions and has numerous systems that process financially relevant data. Of these systems, Sage X3 (United States, Canada and the United Kingdom) and Kingdee (China and Hong Kong), were in the Company’s scope for testing of information technology general controls (“ITGCs") in support of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s consolidation process is manual and based upon reporting packages submitted by the various locations. For those locations where the financially relevant systems were not in-scope and not subject to the Company’s testing of ITGCs, the financial reporting controls, as designed, do not adequately address the completeness and accuracy of the foreign reporting packages. The reporting packages form the basis of multiple controls, including a key management review control designed to detect a material misstatement in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as well as other controls. Additionally, the Company did not update the control activities documentation for numerous locations and, in some cases, did not change control processes to reflect changes in operating structure. This contributed to the material weakness described herein in the Company’s internal controls.
As a result of the material weakness identified, the Company’s management concluded that, as of January 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on the criteria in the 2013 COSO Internal Control – Integrated Framework.
The Company acquired Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. and Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (collectively, “Jolly”) on February 5, 2024; LHD Group Deutschland GmbH, LHD Group Australia Pty Ltd and LHD Group Hong Kong Ltd., (collectively “LHD”) on July 1, 2024; and Veridian Limited on December 16, 2024, whose total assets and net loss represent approximately 37% and 5%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2025. The scope of the Company's fiscal 2025 assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting does not include the acquired businesses detailed above. This exclusion is pursuant to the SEC's general guidance that an assessment of a recently acquired business' internal control over financial reporting may be omitted from the scope of the Company's assessment of its internal control over financial reporting for twelve months following the date of acquisition.
Remediation of Material Weakness
Management is committed to remediating the material weakness described above and continuing to improve the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has identified, implemented, and continues to implement, the actions described below to remediate the underlying causes that gave rise to the material weakness. Until the remediation efforts described below (including any additional measures management identifies as necessary) are completed, the material weakness described above will continue to exist.
To address the material weakness described above, management has completed, or is in the process of:
|
· |
Implementing an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which is expected to roll out in phases over the next several years. Phase I should be completed by the end of the next fiscal year; |
|
|
|
|
· |
Establishing a technology committee of the Board of Directors to oversee the role of technology in executing the Company’s business strategy and risks associated with technology strategies, major technology investments, operational performance and technology trends; and |
|
|
|
|
· |
Migrating substantially all of our operations to a common accounting system and utilizing a common chart of accounts and improved accounting close and revise procedures. |
| 39 |
| Table of Contents |
While some of these measures have been completed as of the date of this report, management has not completed and tested all of the planned corrective processes, enhancements, procedures and related evaluation necessary to determine whether the material weakness has/have been fully remediated. Moreover, the corrective actions and controls need to be in operation for a sufficient period of time for management to conclude that the control environment is operating effectively and has been adequately tested by management. Accordingly, the material weakness has/have not been fully remediated as of the date of this report. As the Company continues its evaluation and remediation efforts, management may modify the actions described above or identify and take additional measures to address the material weakness. Management will continue to assess the effectiveness of remediation efforts in connection with its ongoing evaluation of internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We are currently undertaking a significant multi-year ERP implementation to upgrade our information technology platforms and
business processes. The implementation began in December of FY25 and is occurring in phases over several years. We expect to complete the first phase by the end of FY26. As a result of this multi-year implementation, we expect certain changes to our processes and procedures, which, in turn, will result in changes to our internal control over financial reporting. While we expect this implementation to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting by automating certain manual processes and standardizing business processes and reporting across our organization, we will continue to evaluate and monitor our internal control over financial reporting as processes and procedures in the affected areas evolve.
Other than the remediation efforts and ERP implementation described above, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended January 31, 2025 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
From time to time, members of the Company’s Board and officers of the Company may enter into Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, which allow for the purchase or sale of common stock under pre-established terms at times when directors and officers might otherwise be prevented from trading under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed blackout periods. Such trading plans are intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act and comply with the Company’s insider trading policy. During the three months ended January 31, 2025, none of the Company’s directors or officers adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
| 40 |
| Table of Contents |
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Part III: Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance (except for the information required by Item 408(b) of Regulation S-K, which is set forth below); Item 11, Executive Compensation; Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence; and Item 14, Principal Accountant Fees and Services is included in and incorporated by reference to Lakeland’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held in June 2025, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of Lakeland’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2025. Information relating to the executive officers of the Registrant appears under Item 1 of this report.
Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller. This code of ethics is posted at our internet website, www.lakeland.com, under Investor Relations. Any amendments to, or waivers of, this code of ethics will be disclosed on our website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver.
Insider Trading Policy
We are committed to promoting high standards of ethical business conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. As part of this commitment, we have adopted our Global Policy on Insider Trading governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, and employees, which we believe is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, as well as the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC. A copy of our Global Policy on Insider Trading is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Part III: Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Item 11, Executive Compensation; Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence; and Item 14, Principal Accountant Fees and Services is included in and incorporated by reference to Lakeland’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held in June 2025, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of Lakeland’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2025. Information relating to the executive officers of the Registrant appears under Item 1 of this report.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management that is required to be included pursuant to this Item 12 is included in and incorporated by reference to Lakeland’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held in June 2025.
Equity Compensation Plans
The following sets forth information relating to Lakeland’s equity compensation plans as of January 31, 2025:
|
|
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (1) (a) |
|
|
Weighted-average exercise price per share of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) |
|
|
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)(1) (c) |
|
|||
Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders |
|
|
251,805 |
|
|
$ | 17.36 |
|
|
|
165,966 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Total |
|
|
251,805 |
|
|
$ | 17.36 |
|
|
|
165,966 |
|
(1) |
The total reflected in column (c) includes shares available for grant as any type of equity award under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended. |
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Part III: Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Item 11, Executive Compensation; Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence; and Item 14, Principal Accountant Fees and Services is included in and incorporated by reference to Lakeland’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held in June 2025, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of Lakeland’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2025.
ITEM 14, PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Part III: Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Item 11, Executive Compensation; Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence; and Item 14, Principal Accountant Fees and Services is included in and incorporated by reference to Lakeland’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held in June 2025, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of Lakeland’s fiscal year ended January 31, 2025.
| 41 |
| Table of Contents |
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
a. |
(1) |
Financial Statements - Covered by Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
(A) |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
(B) |
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
(C) |
Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
(D) |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
(E) |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2025 and 2024 |
|
(F) |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
|
|
(4) |
Exhibits – See (b) below |
|
b. |
Exhibits |
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
| 42 |
| Table of Contents |
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
| 43 |
| Table of Contents |
|
||
|
||
|
Lakeland Industries, Inc. Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers (filed herewith). |
|
|
||
|
||
|
21
|
|
Subsidiaries of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (wholly owned) and jurisdictions of incorporation: Lakeland Protective Wear, Inc. (Ontario, Canada) Weifang Meiyang Protective Products Co., Ltd. (China) Weifang Lakeland Safety Products Co., Ltd. (China) Lakeland (Beijing) Safety Products Co., Ltd. (Beijing & Shanghai China) Lakeland Industries Europe Ltd. (Cardiff, United Kingdom) Industrias Lakeland S.A. de C.V. (Zacatecas, Mexico) Lakeland Industries Chile Limitado (Santiago, Chile) Indian Pan-Pacific Sales Ltd. (Hong Kong, China) Lakeland (Hong Kong) Trading Co., Ltd. (Hong Kong, China) Lakeland Argentina, SRL (Buenos Aires, Argentina) Migliara S.A. (Uruguay) Lakeland Glove and Safety Apparel Private, Ltd. (Noida, India) Lakeland India Private Limited, New Delhi, India) RussIndProtection, Ltd. (Moscow, Russia) Art Prom, LLC (Kazakhstan) SpecProtect LLC (St. Petersburg, Russia) Lakeland Industries Co., Ltd. (Nam Dinh, Vietnam) Lakeland Industries Australia Pty Ltd. (Mornington, Australia) Eagle Technical Products Limited (Manchester, United Kingdom) Lakeland MX Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a SALH1, Inc.) (Delaware, United States) Lakeland MX Operations, Inc. (f/k/a SALH2, Inc.) (Delaware, United States) Lakeland Safety MX Monterrey, S.A. de C.V. (Monterrey, Mexico) Lakeland NZ Limited (Wanganui, New Zealand) Pacific Helmets NZ Limited (Wanganui, New Zealand) Jolly Scarpe S.p.A. (Italy) Jolly Scarpe Romania S.R.L. (Romania) LHD Group Deutschland GmbH (Germany) LHD Group Australia Pty Ltd (Australia) LHD Group Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong) Veridian Fire Protective Gear, LLC (f/k/a Veridian Limited) (Delaware, United States) Lakeland Global Safety Ltd (East Yorkshire, United Kingdom) |
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm (filed herewith). |
|
|
Consent of RSM US LLP, independent registered public accounting firm (filed herewith). |
|
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
101 |
Interactive Data Files for the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2025, formatted in Inline XBRL. |
|
104 |
|
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). |
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
| 44 |
| Table of Contents |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: April 16, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ James M. Jenkins |
|
|
|
James M. Jenkins |
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman |
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James M. Jenkins |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman |
|
April 16, 2025 |
James M. Jenkins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roger D. Shannon |
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Roger D. Shannon |
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas J. McAteer |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Thomas J. McAteer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nikki L. Hamblin |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Nikki L. Hamblin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Schlarbaum |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Jeffrey T. Schlarbaum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ronald Herring |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Ronald Herring |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Melissa Kidd |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Melissa Kidd |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Martin Glavin |
|
Director |
|
April 16, 2025 |
Martin Glavin |
|
|
|
| 45 |
EXHIBIT 2.5
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
WILLIAM A. VAN LENT
and
LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC.
dated as of
December 16, 2024
| TABLE OF CONTENTS |
| Page |
|
|
| ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
| 1 |
|
|
| ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE |
| 11 |
|
|
| Section 2.01 | Purchase and Sale |
| 11 |
|
| Section 2.02 | Purchase Price |
| 11 |
|
| Section 2.03 | Purchase Price Adjustment |
| 12 |
|
| Section 2.04 | Withholding Tax |
| 15 |
|
| Section 2.05 | Holdback |
| 15 |
|
| ARTICLE III CLOSING |
| 15 |
|
|
| Section 3.01 | Closing |
| 15 |
|
| Section 3.02 | Closing Deliverables |
| 15 |
|
| ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY |
| 17 |
|
|
| Section 4.01 | Organization and Qualification of the Company |
| 17 |
|
| Section 4.02 | Authority of the Company; Enforceability |
| 18 |
|
| Section 4.03 | Capitalization |
| 18 |
|
| Section 4.04 | Subsidiaries |
| 18 |
|
| Section 4.05 | No Conflicts; Consents |
| 18 |
|
| Section 4.06 | Financial Statements |
| 19 |
|
| Section 4.07 | Undisclosed Liabilities |
| 19 |
|
| Section 4.08 | Solvency |
| 19 |
|
| Section 4.09 | Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions |
| 19 |
|
| Section 4.10 | Material Contracts |
| 21 |
|
| Section 4.11 | Title to Assets; Real Property |
| 23 |
|
| Section 4.12 | Condition and Sufficiency of Assets |
| 24 |
|
| Section 4.13 | Intellectual Property |
| 25 |
|
| Section 4.14 | Privacy |
| 27 |
|
| Section 4.15 | Inventory |
| 27 |
|
| Section 4.16 | Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable |
| 27 |
|
| Section 4.17 | Customers and Suppliers |
| 28 |
|
| Section 4.18 | Insurance |
| 28 |
|
| Section 4.19 | Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders |
| 29 |
|
| Section 4.20 | Compliance with Laws; Permits |
| 29 |
|
| Section 4.21 | Environmental Matters |
| 29 |
|
| Section 4.22 | Employee Benefit Matters |
| 30 |
|
| Section 4.23 | Employment Matters |
| 33 |
|
| Section 4.24 | Taxes |
| 34 |
|
| i |
| Section 4.25 | Government Contracts; PPP Loan. |
| 36 |
|
| Section 4.26 | Books and Records |
| 39 |
|
| Section 4.27 | Bank Accounts |
| 39 |
|
| Section 4.28 | Related Party Transactions |
| 39 |
|
| Section 4.29 | Brokers |
| 39 |
|
| Section 4.30 | No Other Representations and Warranties |
| 39 |
|
| ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER |
| 40 |
|
|
| Section 5.01 | Ownership of Shares |
| 40 |
|
| Section 5.02 | Authority of Seller; Enforceability |
| 40 |
|
| Section 5.03 | No Conflicts; Consents |
| 40 |
|
| Section 5.04 | Brokers |
| 40 |
|
| Section 5.05 | Legal Proceedings |
| 41 |
|
| ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER |
| 41 |
|
|
| Section 6.01 | Organization of Buyer |
| 41 |
|
| Section 6.02 | Authority of Buyer; Enforceability |
| 41 |
|
| Section 6.03 | No Conflicts; Consents |
| 41 |
|
| Section 6.04 | Brokers |
| 41 |
|
| Section 6.05 | Legal Proceedings |
| 42 |
|
| Section 6.06 | Sufficiency of Funds |
| 42 |
|
| Section 6.07 | Investment Intent |
| 42 |
|
| Section 6.08 | Independent Investigation |
| 42 |
|
| ARTICLE VII COVENANTS |
| 42 |
|
|
| Section 7.01 | Confidentiality |
| 42 |
|
| Section 7.02 | Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation |
| 43 |
|
| Section 7.03 | Post-Closing Access to Records. |
| 44 |
|
| Section 7.04 | Public Announcements |
| 44 |
|
| Section 7.05 | Further Assurances |
| 44 |
|
| ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS |
| 44 |
|
|
| Section 8.01 | Tax Covenants |
| 44 |
|
| Section 8.02 | Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements |
| 45 |
|
| Section 8.03 | Tax Indemnification |
| 45 |
|
| Section 8.04 | Straddle Period |
| 46 |
|
| Section 8.05 | Contests |
| 46 |
|
| Section 8.06 | Cooperation and Exchange of Information |
| 46 |
|
| Section 8.07 | Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments |
| 46 |
|
| Section 8.08 | Payments to Buyer |
| 47 |
|
| ii |
| Section 8.09 | Survival |
| 47 |
|
| Section 8.10 | Section 338(h)(10) Election |
| 47 |
|
| ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION |
| 47 |
|
|
| Section 9.01 | Survival |
| 47 |
|
| Section 9.02 | Indemnification by Seller |
| 48 |
|
| Section 9.03 | Indemnification by Buyer |
| 48 |
|
| Section 9.04 | Certain Limitations |
| 48 |
|
| Section 9.05 | Indemnification Procedures |
| 49 |
|
| Section 9.07 | Indemnification Payments |
| 51 |
|
| Section 9.08 | Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments |
| 51 |
|
| Section 9.09 | Exclusive Remedies |
| 51 |
|
| ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS |
| 52 |
|
|
| Section 10.01 | Expenses |
| 52 |
|
| Section 10.02 | Notices |
| 52 |
|
| Section 10.03 | Interpretation |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.04 | Severability |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.05 | Entire Agreement |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.06 | Successors and Assigns |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.07 | No Third-Party Beneficiaries |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.08 | Amendment and Modification; Waiver |
| 53 |
|
| Section 10.09 | Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial |
| 54 |
|
| Section 10.10 | Specific Performance |
| 54 |
|
| Section 10.11 | Schedules |
| 55 |
|
| Section 10.12 | Counterparts |
| 55 |
|
| Section 10.13 | Representation of Seller and Company. |
| 55 |
|
| EXHIBIT A EMPLOYMENT LETTER |
|
|
|
|
| EXHIBIT B SPENCER LEASE |
|
|
|
|
| EXHIBIT C DES MOINES LEASE |
|
|
|
|
| iii |
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 16, 2024, is entered into between WILLIAM A. VAN LENT, an individual (“Seller”), and LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”).
WHEREAS, Veridian Limited, an Iowa corporation (the “Company”), is in the business of designing, manufacturing, producing, distributing and selling fire-fighter protective clothing and gear, including, without limitation, hoods, gloves, suspenders, boots, pants and jackets (the “Business”);
WHEREAS, Seller owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”);
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and effective as of the Closing, the Company is entering into that certain Employment Letter with Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Employment Letter”);
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and effective as of the Closing, the Company is entering into that certain Lease Agreement with Seller (or his Affiliate) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Spencer Lease”), regarding the occupancy and use of the Spencer Office;
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and effective as of the Closing, the Company is entering into that certain Lease Agreement with Seller (or his Affiliate) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Des Moines Lease”), regarding the occupancy and use of the Des Moines Office;
WHEREAS, Seller wishes to sell to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to purchase from Seller, the Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals (which are incorporated herein by reference) and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
The following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this ARTICLE I:
“Action” means any claim, action, cause of action, demand, lawsuit, arbitration, inquiry, audit, notice of violation, proceeding, litigation, citation, summons, subpoena or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, whether at law or in equity.
“Adjoining Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21(d).
“Affiliate” of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
“AI System” means any system or Software that (a) consists of, incorporates or uses artificial intelligence (including as implemented through any neural network, large language model, machine learning, natural language processing or supervised, semi-supervised, unsupervised or reinforcement learning algorithms or other technologies now existing or that may exist in the future) or (b) is otherwise designed to or can operate with varying levels of autonomy and infers, for explicit or implicit objectives, from the input it receives, how to generate output such as predictions, content, recommendations or decisions that can influence physical or virtual environments.
“Allocation Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.10(b).
“Ancillary Documents” means the Employment Letter, the Spencer Lease, the Des Moines Lease and the other agreements, instruments and documents required to be delivered at the Closing.
“Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“At Risk of Obsolescence Inventory” means the inventory on the books and records of the Company that is marked as “at risk of obsolescence” and for which adequate reserves have been established on the Financial Statements.
“Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a).
“Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(a).
“Business” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in Huntsville, Alabama are authorized or required by Law to be closed for business.
“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
“Buyer Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02.
“Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a).
“Cash” means cash and cash equivalents less Restricted Cash.
“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.
“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
“Closing Cash” means Cash in the Company, determined as of the open of business on the Closing Date.
“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.
| 2 |
“Closing Date Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a)(ii)(A).
“Closing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(i)(C).
“Closing Indebtedness Certificate” means a certificate executed by Seller, certifying on behalf of the Company the aggregate total of all outstanding Indebtedness as of the open of business on the Closing Date (including an itemized list of each such outstanding Indebtedness, the Person to whom such outstanding Indebtedness is owed and wire instructions for such Person).
“Closing Transaction Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(i)(D).
“Closing Transaction Expenses Certificate” means a certificate executed by Seller, certifying on behalf of the Company the amount of Transaction Expenses remaining unpaid as of the open of business on the Closing Date (including an itemized list of each such unpaid Transaction Expense with a description of the nature of such expense, the Person to whom such expense is owed and wire instructions for such Person).
“Closing Net Working Capital” means Current Assets less Current Liabilities, determined as of the open of business on the Closing Date.
“Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(i).
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Company Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company.
“Company IP Agreements” means all licenses, sublicenses, consent to use agreements, settlements, coexistence agreements, covenants not to sue, waivers, releases, permissions and other Contracts, whether written or oral, relating to Intellectual Property to which the Company is a party, beneficiary or otherwise bound.
“Company IP Registrations” means all Company Intellectual Property that is subject to any issuance, registration or application by or with any Governmental Authority or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction, including issued patents, registered trademarks, domain names and copyrights, and pending applications for any of the foregoing.
“Company IT Systems” means all Software, computer hardware, servers, networks, platforms, peripherals, and similar or related items of automated, computerized, or other information technology (IT) networks and systems (including telecommunications networks and systems for voice, data and video) owned, leased, licensed, or used (including through cloud-based or other third-party service providers) by the Company.
“Contracts” means all contracts, leases, deeds, mortgages, licenses, instruments, notes, commitments, undertakings, indentures, joint ventures and all other agreements, commitments and legally binding arrangements, whether written or oral.
“Copyrights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property.
| 3 |
“Current Assets” means only those current assets of the Company in the categories set forth in the Calculation of Net Working Capital, attached hereto as Annex A, each as determined in accordance with GAAP applied using the same accounting methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies, that were used in the preparation of the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year end.
“Current Liabilities” means only those current liabilities of the Company in the categories set forth in the Calculation of Net Working Capital, attached hereto as Annex A, each as determined in accordance with GAAP applied using the same accounting methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies, that were used in the preparation of the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year end.
“Cutter Equipment Loan” means that certain obligation of the Company in favor of U.S. Bank Equipment Finance, a division of U.S. Bank N.A., evidenced by that certain Equipment Finance Agreement, dated February 12, 2024, and the other documents and instruments supplementary thereto.
“Des Moines Lease” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Des Moines Office” means that certain premises located at 1301 Ohio Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50314, as further described and identified in the Des Moines Lease.
“Direct Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(c).
“Disclosure Schedule” means the Disclosure Schedule delivered by Seller concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
“Disputed Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iv).
“Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States.
“Employment Letter” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, community property interest, pledge, condition, equitable interest, lien (statutory or other), option, security interest, mortgage, easement, encroachment, right of way, right of first refusal, or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.
“Environmental Claim” means any Action, Governmental Order, lien, fine, penalty, or, as to each, any settlement or judgment arising therefrom, by or from any Person alleging liability of whatever kind or nature (including liability or responsibility for the costs of enforcement proceedings, investigations, cleanup, governmental response, removal or remediation, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries, medical monitoring, penalties, contribution, indemnification and injunctive relief) arising out of, based on or resulting from: (a) the presence of, Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials; or (b) any actual or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Law or term or condition of any Environmental Permit.
| 4 |
“Environmental Law” means any applicable Law, and any Governmental Order or binding agreement with any Governmental Authority: (a) relating to pollution (or the cleanup thereof) or the protection of natural resources, endangered or threatened species, human health or safety, or the environment (including ambient or indoor air, soil, surface water or groundwater, or subsurface strata); or (b) concerning the presence of, exposure to, or the management, manufacture, use, containment, storage, recycling, reclamation, reuse, treatment, generation, discharge, transportation, processing, production, disposal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials. The term “Environmental Law” includes, without limitation, the following (including their implementing regulations and any state analogs): the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.; the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. §§ 11001 et seq.; the Clean Air Act of 1966, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1910, as amended, 7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq.; the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §§ 2701 et seq.; the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, and 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq.; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements for Certain Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances, 40 CFR § 705 et seq.; as well as California Proposition 65, Cal. Health & Safety Code §§ 108970, 108971, and other state analogs.
“Environmental Notice” means any written directive, notice of violation or infraction, or notice respecting any Environmental Claim relating to actual or alleged non-compliance with any Environmental Law or any term or condition of any Environmental Permit.
“Environmental Permit” means any Permit, letter, clearance, consent, waiver, closure, exemption, decision or other action required under or issued, granted, given, authorized by or made pursuant to Environmental Law.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate” means all employers (whether or not incorporated) that would be treated together with the Company or any of its Affiliates as a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
“Estimated Cash” means Seller’s good faith estimate of Cash in the Company, determined as of the open of business on the Closing Date.
“Estimated Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a)(i).
“Estimated Net Working Capital” means Seller’s good faith estimate of Closing Net Working Capital.
“Estimated Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A).
“Estimated Transaction Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)(ii)(B)).
“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).
“FAR” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25(i).
“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
| 5 |
“Fundamental Representations and Warranties” means, collectively, the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 (Organization and Qualification of the Company), Section 4.02 (Authority of the Company; Enforceability), Section 4.03 (Capitalization), Section 4.04 (Subsidiaries), Section 4.05 (No Conflicts; Consents), Section 4.28 (Brokers), Section 5.01 (Ownership of Shares), Section 5.02 (Authority of Seller; Enforceability), Section 5.03 (No Conflicts; Consents), Section 5.04 (Brokers), Section 6.01 (Organization of Buyer), Section 6.02 (Authority of Buyer; Enforceability), Section 6.03 (No Conflicts; Consents) and Section 6.04 (Brokers).
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.
“Government Bid” means any submission, quotation, bid or proposal that, if accepted or awarded, would result in a Government Contract.
“Government Contract” means any agreement, contract, grant, cooperative agreement, other transaction agreement, cooperative research and development agreement, task order, delivery order, purchase order, subcontract, subaward, blanket purchase agreement, basic ordering agreement, teaming agreement, lease, license, instrument, commitment, Indebtedness, Liabilities or any other contractual agreement of any kind or other obligations between the Company, on the one hand, and on the other (a) any Governmental Authority or higher-tier contractor to any Governmental Authority in its capacity as such, or (b) any subcontractor or supplier to the Company under a Government Contract described in (a).
“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations or orders of such organization or authority have the force of Law), or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.
“Governmental Order” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.
“Hazardous Materials” means: (a) any material, substance, chemical, waste, product, derivative, compound, mixture, solid, liquid, mineral or gas, in each case, whether naturally occurring or manmade, that is hazardous, acutely hazardous, toxic, or words of similar import or regulatory effect under Environmental Laws; and (b) any petroleum or petroleum-derived products, radon, radioactive materials or wastes, asbestos in any form, lead or lead-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and other emerging contaminants.
“Holdback Amount” means $2,500,000.00.
“Holdback Expiration Date” means the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date.
“Holdback Offset Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.
“Indebtedness” means, without duplication and with respect to the Company, all (a) indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than Current Liabilities taken into account in the calculation of Closing Net Working Capital), (c) long or short-term obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (d) obligations under any interest rate, currency swap or other hedging agreement or arrangement; (e) capital lease and equipment finance obligations other than the Cutter Equipment Loan; (f) reimbursement obligations under any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transactions; (g) guarantees made by the Company on behalf of any third party in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (f); and (h) any unpaid interest, prepayment penalties, premiums, costs and fees that would arise or become due as a result of the prepayment of any of the obligations referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g).
| 6 |
“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.
“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.
“Independent Accountant” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iv).
“Insurance Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
“Intellectual Property” means any and all rights in, arising out of, or associated with any of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) issued patents and patent applications (whether provisional or non-provisional), including divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, reissues, reexaminations, extensions, or restorations of any of the foregoing, and other Governmental Authority-issued indicia of invention ownership (including certificates of invention, petty patents, and patent utility models) (“Patents”); (b) trademarks, service marks, brands, certification marks, logos, trade dress, trade names, and other similar indicia of source or origin, together with the goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by, and all registrations, applications for registration, and renewals of, any of the foregoing (“Trademarks”); (c) copyrights and works of authorship, whether or not copyrightable, and all registrations, applications for registration, and renewals of any of the foregoing (“Copyrights”); (d) internet domain names and social media account or user names (including “handles”), whether or not Trademarks, all associated web addresses, URLs, websites and web pages, social media sites and pages, and all content and data thereon or relating thereto, whether or not Copyrights; (e) mask works, and all registrations, applications for registration, and renewals thereof; (f) industrial designs, and all Patents, registrations, applications for registration, and renewals thereof; (g) trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, improvements, technology, business and technical information, databases, data compilations and collections, tools, methods, processes, techniques, and other confidential and proprietary information and all rights therein (“Trade Secrets”); (h) computer programs, operating systems, applications, firmware, and other code, including all source code, object code, application programming interfaces, data files, databases, protocols, specifications, and other documentation thereof (“Software”); (i) design packages for products manufactured or produced in connection with the Business; (j) rights of publicity, including but not limited to, rights in, arising out of, or associated with a Person’s name, voice, signature, photograph, or likeness, including rights of personality, privacy and similar rights, in each case whether currently existing or hereafter developed or acquired, arising under statutory law, common law or by contract, and whether or not perfected, registered or issued, including all applications, disclosures, registrations, issuances and extensions with respect thereto; (k) all other intellectual or industrial property and proprietary rights; and (l) all claims and causes of action arising out of or related to infringement or misappropriation of any of the foregoing.
“Interim Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“Interim Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“Interim Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.
“KJ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.13.
“Knowledge of Seller” or “Seller’s Knowledge” or any other similar knowledge qualification, means the actual or constructive knowledge of Seller or any director or officer of the Company, after reasonable inquiry.
| 7 |
“Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.
“Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b).
“Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07.
“Licensed Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property in which the Company holds any rights or interests granted by other Persons, including any of the Company’s Affiliates, that is used or held for use in the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted.
“Losses” means losses, damages, Liabilities, deficiencies, Actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, that “Losses” shall not include punitive damages, except to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Authority or other third party.
“Material Adverse Effect” means any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change that is, or would reasonably be expected to become, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (a) the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or assets of the Company taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change, directly or indirectly, arising out of or attributable to: (i) general economic or political conditions; (ii) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company operates; (iii) any changes in financial or securities markets in general; (iv) acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities or terrorism, or the escalation or worsening thereof; (v) any action required or permitted by this Agreement or any action taken (or omitted to be taken) with the written consent of or at the written request of Buyer; (vi) any changes in applicable Laws or accounting rules, including GAAP; (vii) the public announcement, pendency or completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (viii) any natural or man-made disasters or acts of God; or (ix) any failure by the Company to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions (provided that the underlying causes of such failures (subject to the other provisions of this definition) shall not be excluded); provided further, however, that any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) immediately above shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur to the extent that such event, occurrence, fact, condition or change has a disproportionate effect on the Company compared to other participants in the industries in which the Company conducts its Business and operates.
“Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(a).
“Material Customers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(a).
“Material Suppliers” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(b).
“Multiemployer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(c).
“Net Working Capital Deficit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(ii).
“Patents” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property.
| 8 |
“Permits” means all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, authorizations, registrations, certificates, variances and similar rights obtained, or required to be obtained, from Governmental Authorities.
“Permitted Encumbrances” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).
“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.
“PFAS Certifications” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21(h)
“Platform Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(j).
“Post-Closing Adjustment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c)(i).
“Post-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and, with respect to any taxable period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable period beginning after the Closing Date.
“PPP Lender” means Northwest Bank.
“PPP Loan” means the loan disbursed to the Company in connection with the “Paycheck Protection Program” pursuant to that certain Promissory Note, dated as of April 15, 2020, in the original principal amount of $716,200.00, made by the Company in favor of the PPP Lender, as modified by that certain Modification Agreement, dated September 30, 2020.
“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any taxable period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable period ending on and including the Closing Date.
“Pre-Closing Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03.
“Preferred Bidder Status” means any status based on any representation, individually or as a member of a joint venture, as a small business concern, a small disadvantaged business, a service-disabled, veteran-owned small business concern, a veteran-owned small business concern, a woman-owned business concern, a “protégé” under a mentor-protégé agreement or program or qualification under any other preferential status (including participation in preferential status programs such as the Historically Underutilized Business Zone program and participation under section 8(a) of the Small Business Act) or other “set aside” status or as a concern meeting the eligibility requirements of the Small Business Innovation Research or Small Business Technology Transfer programs.
“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.
“Qualified Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(c).
“Real Property” means the real property owned by, or leased or subleased to, the Company, together with all buildings, structures and facilities located thereon.
“Release” means any actual or threatened release, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, abandonment, disposing or allowing to escape or migrate into or through the environment (including, without limitation, ambient or indoor air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata or within any building, structure, facility or fixture).
| 9 |
“Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any and all directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel, accountants and other agents of such Person.
“Resolution Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
“Restricted Business” means the design, manufacturing, production, distribution and sale of fire-fighter protective clothing, gear and equipment as well as any business or activity competitive with the Business as conducted, or as presently proposed to be conducted, as of the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the design, manufacture, production, distribution and sale of protective gloves for military use shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Business.
“Restricted Cash” means cash and cash equivalents reserved by the Company for a specific purchase, such as to make deposits, to secure loan obligations, to maintain customer deposits or as otherwise noted by the Company in its Financial Statements.
“Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a).
“Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(ii).
“SBA” means the U.S. Small Business Administration.
“Section 338(h)(10) Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.10(a).
“Section 338(h)(10) Gross Up Amount” means: (a) if the Section 338(h)(10) Election is made pursuant to Section 8.10(a), an amount equal to $120,000.00, and (b) if the Section 338(h)(10) Election is not made, an amount equal to $0.00.
“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
“Seller Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03.
“Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Single Employer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(c).
“Software” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property.
“Spencer Lease” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“Spencer Office” means that certain premises located at 3710 W. Milwaukee Street, Spencer, Iowa 51301, as further described and identified in the Spencer Lease.
“Statement of Objections” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
“Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04.
“Target Net Working Capital” means $6,259,162.00.
| 10 |
“Taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other income, gross receipts, sales, use, production, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, registration, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, unemployment, estimated, excise, severance, environmental, stamp, occupation, premium, property (real or personal), real property gains, windfall profits, customs, duties, non-US capital stock, social security, disability, value added, alternative, add-on minimum, escheat and unclaimed property or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto and any interest in respect of such additions or penalties.
“Tax Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.
“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return or statement or other document relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.
“Territory” means worldwide and any State in which the Company operates or conducts the Business as of Closing, including, without limitation, Iowa and Arkansas.
“Third-Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05(a).
“Trade Secrets” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property.
“Trademarks” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual Property.
“Transaction Expenses” means all fees and expenses incurred by the Company, Seller or their Affiliates at or prior to the Closing in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
“Undisputed Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iv).
“Union” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.23(b).
“Waiving Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.13.
“WARN Act” means the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, and similar state, local and foreign laws related to plant closings, relocations, mass layoffs and employment losses.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE
Section 2.01 Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Seller shall sell to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Seller, the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, for the consideration specified in Section 2.02.
Section 2.02 Purchase Price. The aggregate purchase price for the Shares shall be $25,000,000.00, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.03 below (the “Purchase Price”).
| 11 |
Section 2.03 Purchase Price Adjustment.
(a) Closing Adjustment.
(i) Estimated Closing Statement. At least three (3) Business Days before the Closing, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement setting forth Seller’s good faith estimates of:
(A) Estimated Net Working Capital, including supporting calculations or documentation reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;
(B) Estimated Cash, including supporting calculations or documentation reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;
(C) the Closing Indebtedness Certificate; and
(D) the Closing Transaction Expenses Certificate;
and which shall contain (X) an estimated balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein) and (Y) wire instructions for Seller (such statement, the “Estimated Closing Statement”).
(ii) Closing Date Payment. At the Closing, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted on a dollar-for-dollar basis in the following manner:
(A) either (1) an increase by the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Net Working Capital is greater than the Target Net Working Capital, or (2) a decrease by the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Net Working Capital is less than the Target Net Working Capital;
(B) an increase by the amount of Estimated Cash;
(C) a decrease by the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company as of the open of business on the Closing Date (which shall in no event be an amount less than the amounts paid by the Buyer pursuant to Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)); and
(D) a decrease by the amount of unpaid Transaction Expenses of the Company as of the open of business on the Closing Date (which shall in no event be an amount less than the amounts paid by the Buyer pursuant to Section 3.02(a)(ii)(B)).
The net amount after giving effect to the adjustments listed above shall be the “Closing Date Payment.”
(b) Post-Closing Adjustment.
(i) Closing Statement. Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a statement setting forth its calculation of:
(A) Closing Net Working Capital, including supporting calculations or documentation reasonably satisfactory to Seller;
(B) Closing Cash, including supporting calculations or documentation reasonably satisfactory to Seller;
| 12 |
(C) the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Indebtedness”); and
(D) the unpaid Transaction Expenses of the Company as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Transaction Expenses”);
and which shall contain (X) an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein) and (Y) wire instructions for Buyer (if appropriate) (such statement, the “Closing Statement”).
(ii) Examination and Review. After receipt of the Closing Statement, Seller shall have thirty (30) days (the “Review Period”) to review the Closing Statement. During the Review Period, Seller and its Representatives shall have full access to the books and records of the Company, the personnel of, and work papers prepared by, Buyer and/or Buyer’s Representatives to the extent that they relate to the Closing Statement and to such historical financial information (to the extent in Buyer’s possession) relating to the Closing Statement as Seller may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Closing Statement and to prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below), provided, that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of Buyer or the Company.
(iii) Objection. On or prior to the last day of the Review Period, Seller may object to the Closing Statement by delivering to Buyer a written statement setting forth Seller’s objections in reasonable detail, indicating each disputed item or amount and the basis for Seller’s disagreement therewith (the “Statement of Objections”). If Seller fails to deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, the Closing Statement (and the calculations contained therein) and the Post-Closing Adjustment, as the case may be, reflected in the Closing Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by Seller and shall be final and binding. If Seller delivers the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, Buyer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Statement of Objections (the “Resolution Period”), and, if the same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the Post-Closing Adjustment and the Closing Statement with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by Buyer and Seller shall be final and binding.
(iv) Resolution of Disputes; Independent Accountant. If Seller and Buyer fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the matters set forth in the Statement of Objections before expiration of the Resolution Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“Disputed Amounts” and any amounts not so disputed, the “Undisputed Amounts”) shall be submitted for resolution to the office of an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants appointed by mutual agreement of Buyer and Seller (the “Independent Accountant”) who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall resolve the Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the Post-Closing Adjustment, as the case may be, and the Closing Statement. The parties hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made without regard to materiality. The Independent Accountant shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and their decision for each Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Closing Statement and the Statement of Objections, respectively. If either Buyer or Seller fails to submit a statement regarding any Disputed Amounts to the Independent Accountant within the time determined by the Independent Accountant or otherwise fails to give the Independent Accountant access as reasonably requested, then the Independent Accountant shall render a decision based solely on the evidence timely submitted and the access afforded to the Independent Accountant by Buyer and Seller. The Independent Accountant shall make a determination as soon as practicable within thirty (30) days (or such other time as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and their adjustments to the Post-Closing Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by Seller, on the one hand, and by Buyer, on the other hand, based upon the percentage that the amount actually contested but not awarded to Seller or Buyer, respectively, bears to the aggregate amount actually contested by Seller and Buyer. For example, if Seller claims that the appropriate adjustments are $1,000 greater than the amount determined by Buyer, and if the Independent Accountant ultimately resolves such items by awarding to Seller $300 of the $1,000 contested, then the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant will be allocated thirty percent (30%) (i.e., 300 ÷ 1,000) to Buyer and seventy percent (70%) (i.e., 700 ÷ 1,000) to Seller. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the dispute resolution mechanism contained in this Section 2.03(b)(iv) shall be the exclusive mechanism for resolving disputes regarding the subject matter of this Section 2.03(b)(iv).
| 13 |
(c) Payments of Post-Closing Adjustment.
(i) The post-closing adjustment to the Purchase Price shall be an amount equal to:
(A) the Closing Net Working Capital (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.03(b)) minus the Estimated Net Working Capital; plus
(B) the Closing Cash (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.03(b)) minus the Estimated Cash; plus
(C) the Closing Indebtedness (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.03(b)) minus the Estimated Indebtedness; plus
(D) the Closing Transaction Expenses (as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.03(b)) minus the Estimated Transaction Expenses; plus
(E) the Section 338(h)(10) Gross Up Amount.
The net amount after giving effect to the calculation listed above shall be the “Post-Closing Adjustment.”
(ii) If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number (the absolute value of such amount, the “Net Working Capital Deficit”), within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of the Post-Closing Adjustment, (A) Buyer shall deduct from the Holdback Amount, and release back to Buyer, the Net Working Capital Deficit and, (B) to the extent the Net Working Capital Deficit exceeds the amounts available to the Buyer in the Holdback Amount, Seller shall pay the amount of such excess by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Buyer to Seller.
| 14 |
(iii) If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of the Post-Closing Adjustment, Buyer shall pay the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Seller to Buyer.
(d) Adjustments for Tax Purposes. Any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price by the parties for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.
Section 2.04 Withholding Tax. Buyer and the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Purchase Price all Taxes that Buyer and the Company may be required to deduct and withhold under any provision of Tax Law. All such withheld amounts shall be treated as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made to the extent timely paid. To the extent Buyer, the Company or any other withholding agent determines that it may need to deduct and withhold any Tax on any payment made pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer, Company and any other withholding agent shall provide written notice to such Person of its intent to withhold at least ten (10) days prior to such deduction or withholding, and the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to reduce or eliminate any such withholding to the extent permitted under applicable Law.
Section 2.05 Holdback. Buyer shall set-off or recoup any Losses which have been finally determined to be owed by Seller to Buyer, whether directly or indirectly, pursuant to ARTICLE VIII or ARTICLE IX and any amounts which have been finally determined by be owed by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.03 (such amounts collectively, the “Holdback Offset Amount”) against the Holdback Amount, which is otherwise payable by Buyer to Seller, upon written notice to Seller specifying in reasonable detail the basis for such set-off or recoupment. On the Holdback Expiration Date, Buyer will promptly pay to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Seller to Buyer the balance of the Holdback Amount, less (i) any Holdback Offset Amounts for which Buyer delivered a notice on or prior to the Holdback Expiration Date, less (ii) any amount reasonably estimated by Buyer to cover any unresolved or otherwise unpaid claims under ARTICLE VIII or ARTICLE IX.
ARTICLE III
CLOSING
Section 3.01 Closing. The consummation and closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures related to the transactions contemplated hereby on the date hereof (the “Closing Date”). All Closing transactions shall be deemed to take place simultaneously and no one of them shall be deemed to have occurred until all shall have occurred. The Closing will be deemed effective as of 12:00:01 a.m. (Central Time) on the Closing Date.
Section 3.02 Closing Deliverables.
(a) Buyer’s Closing Deliverables. At the Closing, Buyer shall:
(i) deliver to Seller:
(A) the Closing Date Payment less the Holdback Amount, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Seller to Buyer;
| 15 |
(B) original execution copies, signature pages or counterparts, as applicable, of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, each duly executed by Buyer; and
(C) such other customary instruments, filings or documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller or the Company, as may be required to give effect to this Agreement.
(ii) pay, on behalf of the Company or Seller, the following amounts:
(A) Indebtedness of the Company to be paid at Closing, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts and in the amounts specified on the Closing Indebtedness Certificate (the “Estimated Indebtedness”); and
(B) any Transaction Expenses unpaid at Closing, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts and in the amounts specified on the Closing Transaction Expenses Certificate (the “Estimated Transaction Expenses”).
(b) Seller’s Closing Deliverables. At the Closing, the Company and Seller shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to Buyer:
(i) stock certificates evidencing the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank, with all required stock transfer tax stamps affixed thereto;
(ii) original execution copies, signature pages or counterparts, as applicable, of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, each duly executed by Seller or the Company, as appropriate;
(iii) the consents, authorizations, orders and approvals from the third parties set forth on Section 3.02(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;
(iv) payoff letters, termination agreements, termination statements and other releases, including, but not limited to, duly executed, or authorization to execute and file, releases (including UCC termination statements) of all security interests (other than Permitted Encumbrances), as Buyer shall have reasonably requested, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer with respect to all Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses of the Company to be paid at Closing;
(v) duly executed resignations, effective at or prior to the Closing Date, of the officers and directors of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;
(vi) a certificate pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b) that Seller is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code, duly executed by Seller;
| 16 |
(vii) an IRS Form W-9, duly executed by Seller;
(viii) a certificate of the Secretary (or another officer) of the Company attesting to the incumbency of certain officers of the Company and certifying the following deliveries to be made by the Company:
(A) a true and correct copy of the Articles of Incorporation, together with all amendments thereto, in effect as of the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa;
(B) a true and correct copy of the Bylaws, together with all amendments thereto, in effect as of the Closing Date;
(C) a good standing certificate (or its equivalent) for the Company from the Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority of the State of Iowa and all other States in which the Company is qualified to do business, dated no more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date; and
(D) a true and correct copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors authorizing the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is a party and all other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed, delivered and performed by the Company in connection herewith or therewith and the Company’s consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents;
(ix) all books and records of the Company, including all corporate and other records, books of account, contracts, agreements and such other documents or certificates as Buyer may reasonably request, including minute books and shareholder records (if any); and
(x) such other customary instruments, filings or documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, as may be required to give effect to this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
Except as set forth in the correspondingly numbered Section of the Disclosure Schedule, but subject to Section 10.11, Seller and the Company represent and warrant to Buyer that the statements contained in this ARTICLE IV are true and correct as of the date hereof.
Section 4.01 Organization and Qualification of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Iowa and has full corporate power and authority to carry on the Business as currently conducted and to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it and to carry on its business as it has been and is currently conducted. Section 4.01 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each jurisdiction in which the Company is licensed or qualified to do business, and the Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business as currently conducted makes such licensing or qualification necessary except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
| 17 |
Section 4.02 Authority of the Company; Enforceability. The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be a party, to carry out its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by the Company of any Ancillary Document to which the Company is or will be a party, the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company. When each Ancillary Document to which the Company is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Company (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Ancillary Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. All corporate actions taken by the Company in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents will be duly authorized on or prior to the Closing.
Section 4.03 Capitalization.
(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of one million (1,000,000) shares of common stock (“Common Stock”), of which ten thousand (10,000) shares are issued and outstanding and constitute the Shares. All of the Shares have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned of record and beneficially by Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances. Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer shall own all of the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances.
(b) All of the Shares were issued in compliance with applicable Laws. None of the Shares were issued in violation of any agreement, arrangement or commitment to which Seller or the Company is a party or is subject to or in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any Person.
(c) There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the capital stock of the Company or obligating Seller or the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other interest in, the Company. The Company does not have outstanding or authorized any stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights. There are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the Shares.
Section 4.04 Subsidiaries. The Company does not own, or have any capital stock or other equity, ownership or profit sharing interests in any other Person, or the right or obligation to acquire any capital stock or other equity, ownership or profit sharing interests in any other Person.
Section 4.05 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of any Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents of Seller or the Company; (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Seller or the Company; (c) except as set forth in Section 4.05 of the Disclosure Schedule, require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel any Material Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of their respective properties and assets are subject or any material Permit affecting the properties, assets or business of the Company; or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance other than Permitted Encumbrances on any properties or assets of the Company. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of the Ancillary Documents to which the Company is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.
| 18 |
Section 4.06 Financial Statements. Complete copies of the Company’s unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheet of the Company as at December 31 in each of the years 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the related statements of income for the years then ended (the “Annual Financial Statements”), and unaudited financial statements consisting of the balance sheet of the Company as of October 31, 2024 and the related statement of income for the ten (10) month period then ended (the “Interim Financial Statements” and together with the Annual Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”) have been delivered to Buyer. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the period involved, subject, in the case of the Interim Financial Statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not be materially adverse) and the absence of notes (that, if presented, would not differ materially from those presented in the Annual Financial Statements). The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared and the results of the operations of the Company for the periods indicated as well as all reserves (if any) taken with respect to Ask Risk of Obsolescence Inventory. The balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2023 is referred to herein as the “Balance Sheet” and the date thereof as the “Balance Sheet Date”, and the balance sheet of the Company as of October 31, 2024 is referred to herein as the “Interim Balance Sheet” and the date thereof as the “Interim Balance Sheet Date”.
Section 4.07 Undisclosed Liabilities. The Company has no liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature whatsoever, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise (“Liabilities”), except (a) those which are reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet as of the Balance Sheet Date, (b) those which have been incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date, and (c) those set forth on Section 4.07 of the Disclosure Schedules.
Section 4.08 Solvency. The Company (a) is not insolvent and does not have unreasonably small capital and (b) has not incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. No insolvency Actions or similar proceedings have been, or have been threatened to be, opened over the assets of the Company.
Section 4.09 Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions. Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Business of the Company has been conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and except as set forth on Section 4.09 of the Disclosure Schedule, there has not been, with respect to the Company, any:
(a) event, occurrence or development that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company;
| 19 |
(c) split, combination or reclassification of any shares of its capital stock;
(d) issuance, sale or other disposition of any of its capital stock, or grant of any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange or exercise) any of its capital stock;
(e) declaration or payment of any dividends or distributions on or in respect of any of its capital stock or redemption, purchase or acquisition of its capital stock;
(f) material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice of the Company, except as required by GAAP or as disclosed in the notes to the Financial Statements;
(g) material change in cash management practices and policies, practices and procedures with respect to collection of accounts receivable, establishment of reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable, accrual of accounts receivable, inventory control (except with respect to At Risk of Obsolescence Inventory and military glove inventory), prepayment of expenses, payment of trade accounts payable, accrual of other expenses, deferral of revenue and acceptance of customer deposits;
(h) incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money except unsecured current obligations and Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(i) transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition of any of the assets shown or reflected in the Balance Sheet or cancellation of any debts or entitlements (except with respect to inventory of military gloves);
(j) transfer or assignment of or grant of any license or sublicense under or with respect to any Company Intellectual Property or Company IP Agreements except non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(k) abandonment or lapse of or failure to maintain in full force and effect any Company IP Registration, or failure to take or maintain reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality or value of any Trade Secrets included in the Company Intellectual Property;
(l) material damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;
(m) capital investment in, or loan to, any other Person;
(n) acceleration, termination, material modification to or cancellation of any material Contract (including, but not limited to, any Material Contract) to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;
(o) material capital expenditures;
(p) imposition of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the Company properties, capital stock or assets, tangible or intangible;
| 20 |
(q) (i) grant of any bonuses, whether monetary or otherwise, or increase in any wages, salary, severance, pension or other compensation or benefits in respect of its current or former employees, officers, directors, independent contractors or consultants, other than as provided for in any written agreements, ordinary course cost of living raises or required by applicable Law, (ii) change in the terms of employment for any employee or terminated any employees, or (iii) action to accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefit for any current or former employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant;
(r) hiring or promoting of any person as or to (as the case may be) an officer or hiring or promoting of any employee below officer except to fill a vacancy in the ordinary course of business;
(s) adoption, modification or termination of any: (i) employment, severance, retention or other agreement with any current or former employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant, (ii) Benefit Plan or (iii) collective bargaining or other agreement with a Union, in each case whether written or oral;
(t) loan to (or forgiveness of any loan to), or entry into any other transaction with, any of its stockholders or current or former directors, officers and employees;
(u) entry into a new line of business or abandonment or discontinuance of existing lines of business;
(v) adoption of any plan of merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or dissolution or filing of a petition in bankruptcy under any provisions of federal or state bankruptcy Law or consent to the filing of any bankruptcy petition against it under any similar Law;
(w) purchase, lease or other acquisition of the right to own, use or lease any property or assets, except for purchases of inventory or supplies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(x) acquisition by merger or consolidation with, or by purchase of a substantial portion of the assets or stock of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or any division thereof;
(y) action by the Company to make, change or rescind any Tax election, amend any Tax Return or take any position on any Tax Return, take any action, omit to take any action or enter into any other transaction that would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability or reducing any Tax asset of Buyer in respect of any Post-Closing Tax Period; or
(z) Contract to do any of the foregoing, or any action or omission that would result in any of the foregoing.
Section 4.10 Material Contracts.
(a) Section 4.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following Contracts of the Company (such Contracts, together with all Contracts concerning the occupancy, management or operation of any Real Property (including without limitation, brokerage contracts) listed or otherwise disclosed in Section 4.11(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and all Company IP Agreements set forth in Section 4.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, being “Material Contracts”):
| 21 |
(i) each Contract of the Company involving aggregate annual consideration in excess of $100,000.00;
(ii) all Contracts that require the Company to purchase its total requirements of any product or service from a third party or that contain “take or pay” provisions;
(iii) all Contracts that provide for the indemnification by the Company of any Person or the assumption of any Tax, environmental or other Liability of any Person;
(iv) all Contracts that relate to the acquisition or disposition of any business, a material amount of stock or assets of any other Person or any real property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);
(v) all broker, distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative, franchise, agency, sales promotion, market research, marketing consulting and advertising Contracts to which the Company is a party;
(vi) all Employment Letters and Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements) to which the Company is a party and which are not cancellable without material penalty or without more than ninety (90) days’ notice;
(vii) except for Contracts relating to trade payables, all Contracts relating to Indebtedness (including, without limitation, guarantees) of the Company;
(viii) Contracts which contain “most favored nation” rights or similar rights or obligations binding the Company;
(ix) Contracts that provide any customer of the Company with pricing for products or services that is materially discounted from the Company’s otherwise standard pricing for comparable products or services;
(x) Contracts that provide any customer or any other Person with any rebate, reimbursement or other similar economic benefit (including, for any such Contract that is oral, verbal or otherwise unwritten, a summary of the material terms of such arrangement);
(xi) Contracts under which the amount payable by the Company is dependent on the revenue or income or similar measure of the Business or in which the Company is obligated to pay rebates, royalties, commissions, cooperative advertising or similar payments to any Person;
(xii) all Contracts that limit or purport to limit the ability of the Company to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;
(xiii) any Contracts to which the Company is a party that provide for any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement by the Company;
(xiv) all Contracts between or among the Company on the one hand and Seller or any Affiliate of Seller (other than the Company) on the other hand; and
| 22 |
(xv) all collective bargaining agreements or Contracts with any Union to which the Company is a party.
(b) Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is a valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Company and, to Seller’s Knowledge, the other party or parties thereto, in accordance with its terms. None of the Company or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is in breach of or default under (or, to Seller’s Knowledge, is alleged to be in breach of or default under), or has provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate, any Material Contract. To Seller’s Knowledge, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under any Material Contract or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder. Complete and correct copies of each Material Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder) have been made available to Buyer. There are no material disputes pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened under any Contract.
Section 4.11 Title to Assets; Real Property.
(a) The Company has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all Real Property and personal property and other assets reflected in the Annual Financial Statements or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date other than properties and assets (i) set forth on Section 4.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, which shall be sold or transferred to Seller (or his Affiliate) prior to or concurrently with the Closing (the “Excluded Assets”), or (ii) sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date. All such properties and assets (including leasehold interests) are free and clear of Encumbrances except for the following (collectively referred to as “Permitted Encumbrances”):
(i) those items set forth in Section 4.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule;
(ii) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable;
(iii) mechanics, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or amounts that are not delinquent and which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company;
(iv) easements, rights of way, zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances affecting Real Property which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company; or
(v) liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales Contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business of the Company.
(b) Section 4.11(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the street address of each parcel of Real Property; (ii) if such property is leased or subleased by the Company, the landlord under the lease, the rental amount currently being paid, and the expiration of the term of such lease or sublease for each leased or subleased property; and (iii) the current use of such property. With respect to leased Real Property, Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer true, complete and correct copies of any leases, licenses, concessions and other agreements (whether written or oral), including all amendments, extensions renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto (collectively, the “Leases”) affecting leased the Real Property.
| 23 |
(c) The Company is not a sublessor or grantor under any sublease or other instrument granting to any other Person any right to the possession, lease, occupancy or enjoyment of any Real Property. There are no unrecorded outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein. Each Lease is valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, and the Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession of the leased Real Property. The Company is not is breach or default under such Lease; no event has occurred, or circumstance exists that, with the delivery of notice, passage of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default; and the Company has paid all rent due and payable under such Lease. The Company has not received or given any notice of any default or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default by the Company under any of the Leases and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no other party is in default thereof, and no party to any Lease has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto. The Company has not pledged, mortgaged or otherwise granted an Encumbrance on its leasehold interest in any Real Property. Neither the whole nor any material portion of any Real Property has been damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty.
(d) The use and operation of the Real Property in the conduct of the Company’s Business do not violate in any material respect any Law, covenant, condition, restriction, easement, license, permit or agreement. No material improvements constituting a part of the Real Property encroach on real property owned or leased by a Person other than the Company. The Company has not received any written notice of (i) violations of building codes and/or zoning ordinances or other governmental or regulatory Laws affecting the Real Property, (ii) existing, pending or threatened condemnation proceedings affecting the Real Property, or (iii) existing, pending or threatened zoning, building code or other moratorium proceedings, or similar matters which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability to operate the Real Property as currently operated. There are no Actions pending nor, to the Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein in the nature or in lieu of condemnation or eminent domain proceedings.
(e) The Real Property is sufficient for the continued conduct of the Business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing and constitutes all of the real property necessary to conduct the Business as currently conducted.
Section 4.12 Condition and Sufficiency of Assets. Except as set forth in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, the furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property of the Company are in operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost. The furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property currently owned or leased by the Company, together with all other properties and assets of the Company, are sufficient for the continued conduct of the Company’s business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing and constitute all of the rights, property and assets necessary to conduct the business of the Company as currently conducted.
| 24 |
Section 4.13 Intellectual Property.
(a) Section 4.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct, current, and complete list of: (i) all Company IP Registrations, specifying as to each, as applicable: the title, mark or design; the record owner and inventor(s), if any; the jurisdiction by or in which it has been issued, registered or filed; the patent, registration or application serial number; the issue, registration or filing date; and the current status; (ii) all unregistered Trademarks included in the Company Intellectual Property; (iii) all proprietary Software of the Company; and (iv) all other Company Intellectual Property used or held for use in the Company’s Business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. All Company IP Registrations are registered in the name of the Company as indicated on Section 4.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. All required filings and fees and other legal requirements related to the Company IP Registrations have been timely complied with or filed with and paid to the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars, as applicable, and all Company IP Registrations are in good standing.
(b) Section 4.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct, current and complete list of all Company IP Agreements, specifying for each the date, title and parties thereto, and separately identifying the Company IP Agreements: (i) under which the Company is a licensor or otherwise grants to any Person any right or interest relating to any Company Intellectual Property; (ii) under which the Company is a licensee or otherwise granted any right or interest relating to the Intellectual Property of any Person other than licenses for commercially available off-the-shelf software; and (iii) which otherwise relate to the Company’s ownership or use of Intellectual Property, in each case identifying the Intellectual Property covered by such Company IP Agreement. Seller has provided Buyer with true and complete copies (or in the case of any oral agreements, a complete and correct written description) of all Company IP Agreements, including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder. Each Company IP Agreement is valid and binding on the Company in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any other party thereto is, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, is alleged to be, in breach of or default under, or has provided or received any notice of breach of, default under, or intention to terminate (including by non-renewal), any Company IP Agreement.
(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is the sole and exclusive legal and beneficial, and with respect to the Company IP Registrations, record, owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property and has the valid and enforceable right to use all other Intellectual Property used or held for use in or necessary for the conduct of the Company’s Business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, in each case, free and clear of Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. The Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property is all of the Intellectual Property necessary to operate the Business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted without (i) the need for Buyer to acquire or license any other intangible asset, intangible property or Intellectual Property or (ii) the breach or violation of any Contracts to which the Company is a party. The Company has entered into binding, valid and enforceable, written Contracts with each current and former independent contractor who is or was involved in or has contributed to the invention, creation or development of any Intellectual Property during the course of engagement with the Company whereby such independent contractor (i) acknowledges the Company’s exclusive ownership of all Intellectual Property invented, created or developed by such independent contractor within the scope of his or her engagement with the Company; (ii) grants to the Company a present, irrevocable assignment of any ownership interest such independent contractor may have in or to such Intellectual Property to the extent such Intellectual Property does not constitute a “work made for hire” under applicable Law; and (iii) irrevocably waives any right or interest, including any moral rights, regarding any such Intellectual Property, to the extent permitted by applicable Law. Seller has provided Buyer with true and complete copies of all such Contracts. All assignments and other instruments necessary to establish, record and perfect the Company’s ownership interest in the Company IP Registrations have been validly executed, delivered and filed with the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars.
| 25 |
(d) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, will result in the loss or impairment of, or require the consent of any other Person in respect of, the Company’s right to own or use any Company Intellectual Property or any material Licensed Intellectual Property.
(e) All of the Company Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable, and all Company IP Registrations are subsisting and in full force and effect. The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to maintain and enforce the Company Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property and to preserve the confidentiality of all Trade Secrets included in the Company Intellectual Property, including by requiring all Persons having access thereto to execute binding, written non-disclosure agreements. All required filings and fees related to the Company IP Registrations have been timely submitted with and paid to the relevant Governmental Authorities and authorized registrars.
(f) The conduct of the Company’s Business as currently and formerly conducted and as proposed to be conducted, including the use of the Company Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property in connection therewith, and the products, processes and services of the Company (i) has not been during the past three (3) years and is not currently infringing the Intellectual Property of any other Person; (ii) has been during the past three (3) years or is constituting unfair competition or trade practices under any applicable Law.
(g) There are no Actions (including any opposition, cancellation, revocation, review or other proceeding), whether settled during the past three (3) years, pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened (including in the form of offers to obtain a license): (i) alleging any infringement or unauthorized use, disclosure or exploitation of the Intellectual Property of any Person by the Company in the conduct of the Business, or any unfair competition; (ii) inviting the Company to take a license under any Intellectual Property or to consider the applicability of any Intellectual Property to the conduct of the Business; or (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability, registrability, patentability or ownership of any Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property (excluding office actions in the course of prosecution). To Seller’s Knowledge, no Person has infringed or otherwise violated any Company Intellectual Property. The Company has not sent any written notice to, or asserted or threatened in writing any Action or claim against, any Person alleging infringement or other violation of any Company Intellectual Property.
(h) The Company is not subject to any outstanding or, to Seller’s Knowledge, prospective Governmental Order (including any motion or petition therefor) that does or would reasonably be expected to materially restrict or impair the use of any Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.
(i) Section 4.13(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct, current, and complete list of all social media accounts used in the Company’s Business. The Company has complied with all terms of use, terms of service and other Contracts and all associated policies and guidelines relating to its use of any social media platforms, sites or services (collectively, “Platform Agreements”). In connection with use of social media in the conduct of the Business, there are no Actions settled, pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened alleging (i) any breach or other violation of any Platform Agreement by Seller or the Company or (ii) defamation, any violation of publicity rights of any Person or any other violation by Seller or the Company.
| 26 |
(j) All Company IT Systems are in working order and are sufficient for the operation of the Company’s business as currently conducted. In the past three (3) years, there has been no malfunction, failure, continued substandard performance, denial-of-service or other cyber incident, including any cyberattack, or other impairment of the Company IT Systems which has materially impaired the Company’s ability to operate the Business. The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to safeguard the confidentiality, availability, security and integrity of the Company IT Systems, including implementing and maintaining appropriate backup, disaster recovery and Software and hardware support arrangements.
(k) Except as set forth on Section 4.13(k) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not use AI Systems in the operations or conduct of the Business, and the Company has not implemented, and does not maintain, policies and procedures related to use of AI Systems.
Section 4.14 Privacy. During the past three (3) years, the Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws and all internal or publicly posted policies, notices and statements concerning the collection, use, processing, storage, transfer and security of personal information in the conduct of the Business. In the past three (3) years, the Company has not (i) experienced any actual, alleged or suspected data breach or other security incident involving personal information in its possession or control or (ii) been subject to or received any notice of any audit, investigation, complaint or other Action by any Governmental Authority or other Person concerning the Company’s collection, use, processing, storage, transfer or protection of personal information or actual, alleged or suspected violation of any applicable Law concerning privacy, data security or data breach notification.
Section 4.15 Inventory. All inventory of the Company, whether or not reflected in the Balance Sheet, consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except for (i) obsolete, damaged, defective or slow-moving items that have been written off or written down to fair market value or for which adequate reserves have been established, (ii) military glove inventory, and (iii) At Risk of Obsolescence Inventory for which adequate reserves have been established. All such inventory is owned by the Company free and clear of all Encumbrances, and no inventory is held on a consignment basis. The quantities of each item of inventory (whether raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of the Company.
Section 4.16 Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable.
(a) The accounts receivable reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet and the accounts receivable arising after the Interim Balance Sheet Date (a) have arisen from bona fide transactions entered into by the Company involving the sale of goods or the rendering of services in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and (b) constitute only valid, undisputed claims of the Company not subject to claims of set-off or other defenses or counterclaims other than normal cash discounts accrued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
(b) The accounts payable reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet and the accounts receivable arising after the Interim Balance Sheet Date constitute only valid payables arising from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business. There is no contest, claim, or right of set-off under any contract with any Person owed accounts payable relating to the amount or validity of such accounts payable.
| 27 |
Section 4.17 Customers and Suppliers.
(a) Section 4.17(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) each customer who has paid aggregate consideration to the Company for goods or services rendered in an amount greater than or equal to $100,000.00 for each of the two (2) most recent fiscal years (collectively, the “Material Customers”); and (ii) the amount of consideration paid by each Material Customer during such periods. Except as set forth in Section 4.17(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not received any written or, to Seller’s Knowledge, other form of notice, that any of its Material Customers has ceased, or intends to cease after the Closing, to use its goods or services or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Company.
(b) Section 4.17(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) each supplier to whom the Company has paid consideration for goods or services rendered in an amount greater than or equal to $100,000.00 for each of the two (2) most recent fiscal years (collectively, the “Material Suppliers”); and (ii) the amount of purchases from each Material Supplier during such periods. Except as set forth in Section 4.17(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not received any written or, to Seller’s Knowledge, other form of notice, that any of its Material Suppliers has ceased, or intends to cease, to supply goods or services to the Company or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Company.
Section 4.18 Insurance. Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all current policies or binders of fire, liability, product liability, umbrella liability, real and personal property, workers’ compensation, vehicular, directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary liability and other casualty and property insurance maintained by Seller or its Affiliates (including the Company) and relating to the assets, business, operations, employees, officers and directors of the Company (collectively, the “Insurance Policies”) and true and complete copies of the Insurance Policies have been made available to Buyer. The Insurance Policies are in full force and effect as of immediately prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company has not received any written notice of cancellation of, premium increase with respect to, or alteration of coverage under, any of the Insurance Policies. All premiums due on the Insurance Policies have either been paid or, if due and payable prior to Closing, will be paid prior to Closing in accordance with the payment terms of each Insurance Policy. Except as set forth on Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Insurance Policies do not provide for any retrospective premium adjustment or other experience-based liability on the part of the Company. All the Insurance Policies (a) are valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) to Seller’s Knowledge are provided by carriers who are financially solvent; and (c) have not been subject to any lapse in coverage. Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all pending claims and the claims history for the Company since January 1, 2021. Except as set forth on Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no claims related to the business of the Company pending under any Insurance Policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed or in respect of which there is an outstanding reservation of rights. The Company is not in default under, nor has the Company otherwise failed to comply with, in any material respect, any provision contained in any Insurance Policy. The Insurance Policies are sufficient for compliance with all applicable Laws and Contracts to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
| 28 |
Section 4.19 Legal Proceedings; Governmental Orders.
(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.19(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no Actions pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened (i) against or by the Company or affecting any of its properties or assets (or by or against Seller or any Affiliate thereof and relating to the Company); or (ii) against or by the Company, Seller or any Affiliate of Seller that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) There are no outstanding Governmental Orders and no unsatisfied judgments, penalties or awards against or affecting the Company or any of its properties or assets.
Section 4.20 Compliance with Laws; Permits.
(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.20(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has, during the past three (3) years, complied, and is now complying, in all material respects with all Laws applicable to it or its properties or assets or the Business.
(b) All material Permits required for the Company to conduct its Business have been obtained by it and are valid and in full force and effect. All fees and charges with respect to such Permits as of the date hereof have been paid in full. Section 4.20(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all material current Permits issued to the Company, including the names of the Permits and their respective dates of issuance and expiration. The Company has, during the past three (3) years, complied and is now complying in all material respects with the terms of all Permits listed on Section 4.20(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.
Section 4.21 Environmental Matters.
(a) The Company is currently and, during the past three (3) years, has been in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws. Neither Seller nor the Company has received from any Person, with respect to the Business or the Company’s properties or assets, any: (i) Environmental Notice or Environmental Claim; or (ii) written request for information pursuant to Environmental Law, which, in each case, either remains pending or unresolved or is the source of ongoing obligations or requirements as of the Closing Date. There are no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened claims resulting from any liability arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Law, with respect to or affecting any of the Real Property or any other asset used in the operation of the Business.
(b) The Company has obtained and is in material compliance with all Environmental Permits (each of which is disclosed in Section 4.21(b) of the Disclosure Schedule) necessary for the ownership, lease, operation or use of the Business or assets of the Company and all such Environmental Permits are in full force and effect.
(c) None of the assets or any real property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company in connection with the Business is listed on, or has been proposed for listing on, the National Priorities List (or CERCLIS) under CERCLA or any similar state list.
(d) There has been no Release of Hazardous Materials in contravention of Environmental Law with respect to the business or assets of the Company or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any real property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the Company or any geographically, geologically, hydraulically or hydro-geologically adjoining property (“Adjoining Property”), and except as set forth on Section 4.21(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor Seller has received an Environmental Notice that any real property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased in connection with the business of the Company (including soils, groundwater, surface water, buildings and other structure located on any such real property) or Adjoining Property has been contaminated with any Hazardous Material that could reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against, or a violation of Environmental Law or term of any Environmental Permit by, the Company.
| 29 |
(e) There are no active or abandoned aboveground or underground storage tanks or landfills, surface impoundments or disposal areas owned or operated by the Company or used by the Company in connection with the Business. There are no off-site Hazardous Materials treatment, storage or disposal facilities or locations used by the Company or Seller (and any predecessors as to which the Company or Seller may retain liability).
(f) The Company has not retained or assumed, by contract or operation of Law, any liabilities or obligations of third parties under Environmental Law. To the extent Seller has retained or assumed, by contract or operation of Law, any liabilities or obligations of third parties under Environmental Law, such liabilities or obligations shall not flow to or be borne by the Company.
(g) Seller has provided or otherwise made available to Buyer and listed in Section 4.21(g) of the Disclosure Schedule: (i) any and all environmental reports, studies, audits, records, sampling data, site assessments, risk assessments, economic models and other similar documents with respect to the business or assets of the Company or any currently or formerly owned, operated or leased Real Property which are in the possession or control of the Seller or Company related to compliance with Environmental Laws, Environmental Claims or an Environmental Notice or the Release of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) any and all material documents concerning planned or anticipated capital expenditures required to reduce, offset, limit or otherwise control pollution and/or emissions, manage waste or otherwise ensure compliance with current or future Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, costs of remediation, pollution control equipment and operational changes).
(h) Except as set forth on Section 4.21(h) of the Disclosure Schedule:
(i) the Company has certified to all industry standard or customer requested certifications regarding Hazardous Materials, including, not limited to, per- and poly- fluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) (collectively, the “PFAS Certifications”);
(ii) the Company has received from its suppliers written assurances of such compliance and certification as to enable the Company to make such PFAS Certifications to its customers and regarding its products; and
(iii) to the Seller’s Knowledge, all suppliers all have complied with, and certified to, the PFAS Certifications for which such supplier has provided written assurances of compliance and certification.
Section 4.22 Employee Benefit Matters.
(a) Section 4.22(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of each pension, benefit, retirement, compensation, employment, consulting, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, incentive, bonus, performance award, phantom equity, stock or stock-based, change in control, retention, severance, vacation, paid time off (PTO), medical, vision, dental, disability, welfare, Code Section 125 cafeteria, fringe benefit and other similar agreement, plan, policy, program or arrangement (and any amendments thereto), in each case whether or not reduced to writing and whether funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not tax-qualified and whether or not subject to ERISA, which is or has been maintained, sponsored, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by the Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director, retiree, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any spouse or dependent of such individual, or under which the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates has or may have any Liability, or with respect to which Buyer or any of its Affiliates would reasonably be expected to have any Liability, contingent or otherwise (as listed on Section 4.22(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each, a “Benefit Plan”).
| 30 |
(b) With respect to each Benefit Plan, Seller has made available to Buyer accurate, current and complete copies of each of the following: (i) where the Benefit Plan has been reduced to writing, the plan document together with all amendments; (ii) where the Benefit Plan has not been reduced to writing, a written summary of all material plan terms; (iii) where applicable, copies of any trust agreements or other funding arrangements, custodial agreements, insurance policies and contracts, administration agreements and similar agreements, and investment management or investment advisory agreements, now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise; (iv) copies of any summary plan descriptions, summaries of material modifications, summaries of benefits and coverage, COBRA communications, employee handbooks and any other written communications (or a description of any oral communications) relating to any Benefit Plan; (v) in the case of any Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, a copy of the most recent determination, opinion or advisory letter from the Internal Revenue Service and any legal opinions issued thereafter with respect to such Benefit Plan’s continued qualification; (vi) in the case of any Benefit Plan for which a Form 5500 must be filed, a copy of the two most recently filed Forms 5500, with all corresponding schedules and financial statements attached; (vii) actuarial valuations and reports related to any Benefit Plans with respect to the two most recently completed plan years; (viii) the most recent nondiscrimination tests performed under the Code; and (ix) copies of material notices, letters or other correspondence from the Internal Revenue Service, U.S. Department of Labor, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or other Governmental Authority relating to the Benefit Plan.
(c) Each Benefit Plan and any related trust (other than any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA (each a “Multiemployer Plan”)) has been established, administered and maintained in accordance with its terms and in compliance with all applicable Laws (including ERISA, the Code and any applicable local Laws). Each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (a “Qualified Benefit Plan”) is so qualified and received a favorable and current determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the most recent five year filing cycle, or with respect to a prototype or volume submitter plan, can rely on an opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the prototype plan or volume submitter plan sponsor, to the effect that such Qualified Benefit Plan is so qualified and that the plan and the trust related thereto are exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code, and nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any Qualified Benefit Plan. Nothing has occurred with respect to any Benefit Plan that has subjected or would reasonably be expected to subject the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates to a penalty under Section 502 of ERISA or to tax or penalty under Sections 4975 or 4980H of the Code.
No pension plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is subject to minimum funding requirements, including any multiple employer plan, (each, a “Single Employer Plan”) in which employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate participate or have participated has an “accumulated funding deficiency,” whether or not waived, or is subject to a lien for unpaid contributions under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code. All benefits, contributions and premiums relating to each Benefit Plan have been timely paid in accordance with the terms of such Benefit Plan and all applicable Laws, and all benefits accrued under any unfunded Benefit Plan have been paid or accrued for.
| 31 |
(d) Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has (i) incurred either directly or indirectly, any material Liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA or related provisions of the Code or applicable local Law relating to employee benefit plans; (ii) failed to timely pay premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; (iii) withdrawn from any Benefit Plan; (iv) engaged in any transaction which would give rise to liability under Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (v) incurred taxes under Section 4971 of the Code with respect to any Single Employer Plan; or (vi) participated in a multiple employer welfare arrangement (MEWA).
(e) With respect to each Benefit Plan (i) no such plan is a Multiemployer Plan; (ii) no such plan is a “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code or a “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA); (iii) no Action has been initiated by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any such plan or to appoint a trustee for any such plan; and (iv) no such plan or the plan of any ERISA Affiliate maintained or contributed to within the last six (6) years is a Single Employer Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; and (v) no “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to which the reporting requirement has not been waived has occurred with respect to any such plan.
(f) Each Benefit Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without material liabilities to Buyer, the Company or any of their Affiliates other than ordinary administrative expenses typically incurred in a termination event. The Company has no commitment or obligation and has not made any representations to any employee, officer, director, independent contractor or consultant, whether or not legally binding, to adopt, amend, modify or terminate any Benefit Plan or any collective bargaining agreement, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise.
(g) Except as set forth in Section 4.22(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened Action relating to a Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits), and no Benefit Plan has within the three (3) years prior to the date hereof been the subject of an examination or audit by a Governmental Authority or the subject of an application or filing under or is a participant in, an amnesty, voluntary compliance, self-correction or similar program sponsored by any Governmental Authority.
(h) There has been no amendment to, announcement by Seller, the Company or any of their Affiliates relating to, or change in employee participation or coverage under, any Benefit Plan or collective bargaining agreement that would increase the annual expense of maintaining such plan above the level of the expense incurred for the most recently completed fiscal year (other than on a de minimis basis) with respect to any director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant, as applicable. None of Seller, the Company, nor any of their Affiliates has any commitment or obligation or has made any representations to any director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant, whether or not legally binding, to adopt, amend, modify or terminate any Benefit Plan or any collective bargaining agreement.
| 32 |
(i) Each Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 409A of the Code has been administered in compliance with its terms and the operational and documentary requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance (including notices, rulings and proposed and final regulations) thereunder. The Company does not have any obligation to “gross-up”, indemnify or otherwise reimburse any individual for any excise taxes, interest or penalties incurred pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.
(j) Each individual who is classified by the Company as an independent contractor has been properly classified for purposes of participation and benefit accrual under each Benefit Plan.
(k) Neither the execution of this Agreement nor any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events): (i) entitle any current or former director, officer, employee, independent contractor or consultant of the Company to severance pay or any other payment; (ii) accelerate the time of payment, funding or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation (including stock-based compensation) due to any such individual; (iii) limit or restrict the right of the Company to merge, amend, or terminate any Benefit Plan; (iv) increase the amount payable under or result in any other material obligation pursuant to any Benefit Plan; (v) result in “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code; or (vi) require a “gross-up” or other payment to any “disqualified individual” within the meaning of Section 280G(c) of the Code.
Section 4.23 Employment Matters.
(a) Section 4.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all persons who are employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Company as of the date hereof, including any employee who is on a leave of absence of any nature, paid or unpaid, authorized or unauthorized, and sets forth for each such individual the following: (i) name; (ii) title or position (including whether full-time or part-time); (iii) hire or retention date; (iv) current annual base compensation rate or contract fee; (v) commission, bonus or other incentive-based compensation; and (vi) a description of the fringe benefits (other than de minimis fringe benefits) provided to each such individual as of the date hereof. Except as set forth in Section 4.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the Closing Date, all compensation, including wages, commissions, bonuses, fees and other compensation, payable to all employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Company for services performed on or prior to the date hereof have been paid in full (or accrued in full on the unaudited balance sheet contained in the Closing Statement) and there are no outstanding agreements, understandings or commitments of the Company with respect to any compensation, commissions, bonuses or fees.
(b) The Company is not, and has not been for the past five (5) years, a party to, bound by, or negotiating any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with a union, works council or labor organization (collectively, “Union”), and there is not, and has not been for the past five (5) years, any Union representing or purporting to represent any employee of the Company, and, to Seller’s Knowledge, no Union or group of employees is seeking or has sought to organize employees for the purpose of collective bargaining. There has never been, nor has there been any threat of, any strike, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, concerted refusal to work overtime or other similar labor disruption or dispute affecting the Company or any of its employees. The Company has no duty to bargain with any Union.
| 33 |
(c) The Company is and, for the past three (3) years, has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws pertaining to employment and employment practices, including all Laws relating to labor relations, equal employment opportunities, fair employment practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, reasonable accommodation, disability rights or benefits, immigration, wages, hours, overtime compensation, child labor, hiring, promotion and termination of employees, working conditions, meal and break periods, privacy, health and safety, workers’ compensation, leaves of absence, paid sick leave and unemployment insurance. All individuals characterized and treated by the Company as independent contractors or consultants are properly treated as independent contractors under all applicable Laws. All employees of the Company classified as exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 203 and state and local wage and hour laws are properly classified. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with and, for the past three (3) years, has complied in all material respects with all immigration laws, including Form I-9 requirements and any applicable mandatory E-Verify obligations. Except as set forth in Section 4.23(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no Actions against the Company pending, or to the Seller’s Knowledge, threatened to be brought or filed, by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator in connection with the employment of any current or former applicant, employee, consultant, volunteer, intern or independent contractor of the Company, including, without limitation, any charge, investigation or claim relating to unfair labor practices, equal employment opportunities, fair employment practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, reasonable accommodation, disability rights or benefits, immigration, wages, hours, overtime compensation, employee classification, child labor, hiring, promotion and termination of employees, working conditions, meal and break periods, privacy, health and safety, workers’ compensation, leaves of absence, paid sick leave, unemployment insurance or any other employment related matter arising under applicable Laws.
(d) The Company has complied in all material respects with the WARN Act, and it has no plans to undertake any action that would trigger the WARN Act.
Section 4.24 Taxes. Except as set forth in Section 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule:
(a) All Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Date by the Company have been, or will be, timely filed. Such Tax Returns are, or will be, true, complete and correct in all material respects, and for the avoidance of doubt (and not limitation of the foregoing), such Tax Returns that were improperly prepared have been revised, amended, changed, modified or otherwise corrected prior to the Closing Date. All Taxes due and owing by the Company (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been, or will be, timely paid.
(b) The Company has withheld and paid each Tax required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, customer, shareholder or other party, and complied with all information reporting and backup withholding provisions of applicable Law.
(c) During the past three (3) years, no claim has been made by any taxing authority in any jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that it is, or may be, subject to Tax by that jurisdiction.
(d) No outstanding extensions or waivers of statutes of limitations have been given or requested with respect to any Taxes of the Company.
| 34 |
(e) The amount of the Company’s Liability for unpaid Taxes for all periods ending on or before the Interim Balance Sheet Date does not, in the aggregate, exceed the amount of accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves for deferred Taxes) reflected on the Financial Statements. The amount of the Company’s Liability for unpaid Taxes for all periods following the end of the recent period covered by the Financial Statements shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the amount of accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves for deferred Taxes) as adjusted for the passage of time in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company (and which accruals shall not exceed comparable amounts incurred in similar periods in prior years).
(f) Section 4.24(f) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth:
(i) those years for which examinations by the taxing authorities have been completed; and
(ii) those taxable years for which examinations by taxing authorities are presently being conducted.
(g) All deficiencies asserted, or assessments made, against the Company as a result of any examinations by any taxing authority have been fully paid.
(h) The Company is not a party to any Action by any taxing authority. There are no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened Actions by any taxing authority.
(i) Seller has delivered to Buyer copies of all federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise and similar Tax Returns, examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed against, or agreed to by, the Company for all Tax periods ending after December 31, 2020.
(j) There are no Encumbrances for Taxes nor is any taxing authority in the process of imposing any Encumbrances (other than for current Taxes not yet due and payable) upon the assets or properties of the Company.
(k) The Company is not a party to, or bound by, any Tax indemnity, Tax sharing or Tax allocation agreement.
(l) No private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreement or rulings have been requested, entered into or issued by any taxing authority with respect to the Company.
(m) The Company has not been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary Tax group for Tax purposes. The Company has no Liability for Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Law), as transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.
(n) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item or deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Closing Date as a result of:
(i) any change in a method of accounting under Section 481 of the Code (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Laws), or use of an improper method of accounting, for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date;
| 35 |
(ii) an installment sale or open transaction occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;
(iii) a prepaid amount received on or before the Closing Date;
(iv) any closing agreement under Section 7121 of the Code, or similar provision of state, local or foreign Law; or
(v) any election under Section 108(i) of the Code.
(o) Seller is not a “foreign person” as that term is used in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2. The Company is not, nor has it been, a United States real property holding corporation (as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code) during the applicable period in Section 897(c)(1)(a) of the Code.
(p) The Company has not been a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in connection with a distribution described in Section 355 of the Code.
(q) The Company is not, and has not been, a party to, or a promoter of, a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Section 6707A(c)(1) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b).
(r) The Company (and any predecessor of the Company) has been a validly electing and qualifying S-corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 and Section 1362 of the Code at all times since its formation and shall continue to be a valid S-corporation for federal, state and local Tax purposes (i) up to and including the Closing Date. There have been no events, transactions or activities of the Company or Seller that would cause, or would have caused, the status of the Company as S-corporation to be subject to termination or revocation (whether purposefully or inadvertently).
Section 4.25 Government Contracts; PPP Loan.
(a) Section 4.25(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) each Government Contract that is currently in force and active or is not closed out or remains subject to audit, including all parties, contract number, any Preferred Bidder Status, award date, period of performance (including unexercised option periods) and total contract value or total estimated contract value (inclusive of option periods); (ii) each outstanding Government Bid, including the customer, program name, solicitation number, any Preferred Bidder Status, the anticipated award date, the estimated period of performance and the total bid price; and (iii) each Government Contract under which the Company is experiencing any material cost, schedule, technical or quality problems.
(b) The Company and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each subcontractor or supplier under a Government Contract or Government Bid has complied in all material respects with all laws, terms and conditions of or applicable to each Government Contract or Government Bid (including all clauses, provisions and requirements expressly included, incorporated by reference or applicable by operation of law) and flowed down material required provisions and certifications to its subcontractors and suppliers. All facts set forth in or acknowledged by any representations, certifications or disclosure statements made or submitted by or on behalf of the Company in connection with any Government Contract or Government Bid (including, without limitation, all representations and certifications contained in the System for Award Management (SAM) or similar database maintained by any other Governmental Authority and all representations and certifications submitted to any prime contractor or higher-tier subcontractor) were true and accurate as of the date of submission in all material respects. The Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable representations, certifications and disclosure requirements under all Government Contracts and Government Bids, including, without limitation, any obligation to update such representations, certifications or disclosures. Each invoice submitted by or on behalf of the Company in connection with any Government Contract or Government Bid was current, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date of its submission and no refunds or adjustments are due or will be demanded.
| 36 |
(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.25(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Government Contract or any outstanding Government Bid is or was set-aside or reserved based in whole or in part on the Company’s Preferred Bidder Status. Within the last six (6) years, the Company has not submitted any bid, proposal, offer or quote or been awarded a Government Contract for which the Company was ineligible for award or that depended on a Preferred Bidder Status for which the Company did not qualify at the time of submission of its bid, proposal, offer or quote.
(d) During the past six (6) years, the Company has not received any written or, to Seller’s Knowledge, other form of notice terminating any Government Contract (whether for convenience or default) or indicating an intent to terminate or materially reduce scope, revenue or duration (including any intent not to exercise any option) of any Government Contract. During the past six (6) years, the Company has not received nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is there any expected or threatened notice of default, show cause, letter of concern, assessment of liquidated damages, cure, deficiency, default or similar notice relating to any Government Contract.
(e) With regard to all Government Contracts and Government Bids: (i) the Company has not undergone during the past six (6) years nor is undergoing any audit, review, inspection, investigation, survey or examination of records other than in the ordinary course of business, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no basis for any such audit, review, inspection, investigation, survey or examination of records; (ii) during the past six (6) years, the Company has not conducted or initiated any audit, review or inquiry with respect to any suspected, alleged or possible violation of any contract requirement or law or inaccuracy in any representation or certification; (iii) during the past six (6) years, the Company has not made or been required to make any voluntary or mandatory disclosure to any Governmental Authority with respect to evidence or existence of any alleged, suspected or possible breach, violation, irregularity, mischarging, misstatement or other act or omission, and there have been no facts and circumstances that would require a mandatory disclosure pursuant to any Government Contract or Law applicable to a Government Contract or Government Bid; (iv) during the past six (6) years, there have been no document requests (other than in the ordinary course of business), subpoenas, search warrants or civil investigative demands addressed to or requesting information from the Company or any of its officers, managers or employees; (v) during the past six (6) years, neither the Company nor any of its respective officers, managers, directors or, to the Knowledge of Seller, employees has been under, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is there pending or threatened any administrative, civil or criminal investigation or indictment or any audit (other than routine audits) involving alleged false statements, false claims or other improprieties; (vi) during the past six (6) years, the Company has not been nor is now a party to any administrative or civil litigation involving alleged false statements, false claims or other improprieties; and (vii) during the past six (6) years, the Company has not made any payment, directly or indirectly, to any Person in violation of applicable Regulation, including those relating to gratuities, kickbacks, lobbying expenditures, political contributions and contingent fee payments.
| 37 |
(f) The Company is not using any Intellectual Property developed under any Government Contract for purposes outside of the scope of that Government Contract without having obtained the necessary and appropriate prior permission of the relevant Governmental Authority or other authorized party. The Company has not granted, agreed to grant or entered into any Government Contract that requires granting of (i) ownership of any Intellectual Property or (ii) a license to Intellectual Property that differs materially from those offered by the Company in the ordinary course of business. The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps under all Government Contracts and applicable Law to assert, protect and support their rights in Intellectual Property so that no more than the minimum rights or licenses required under applicable laws and the terms of any Government Contract will have been provided to any Governmental Authority or counterparty to such Government Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has timely disclosed and elected title to all subject inventions, timely listed all technical data and computer software to be furnished with less than unlimited rights in any required assertions table, received an authorized representative’s written acceptance of any license terms applicable to commercial computer software or commercial computer software documentation and included the proper and required restrictive legends on all copies of any technical data, computer software, computer software documentation and other Intellectual Property delivered under any Government Contract. All such markings and rights were properly asserted and justified under the Government Contracts, and no Governmental Authority or higher-tier contractor has challenged or, to the Knowledge of Seller, has any basis for challenging, the markings and rights asserted by the Company.
(g) The Company does not hold any facility security clearance, and none of the officers and directors of the Company holds any personnel security clearance related to the conduct of the Business.
(h) All of the past performance evaluations submitted to the Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) or generated by a customer which have been provided or made available to the Company during the last six (6) years have been made available to Buyer. Within such three- (3-) year period, no Governmental Authority has assigned the Company a rating below “Satisfactory” in connection with any contractor performance assessment report, past performance questionnaire or similar evaluation of past performance.
(i) There are no Government Contracts or Government Bids (or mitigation plans under such Government Contracts or Government Bids) that include one or more terms or provisions that restrict any the Company’s (or any Affiliate’s) ability to bid on or perform work on future contracts or programs or for specific periods of time based upon “organizational conflicts of interest,” as defined in Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) Subpart 9.5 or other applicable Law or contract term. No organizational conflicts of interest will arise as a consequence of the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.
(j) Neither the Company nor any of its Principals (as defined in FAR 2.101) has been or is now suspended, debarred, proposed for suspension or debarment, deemed non-responsible or otherwise excluded from the award of any potential Government Contract as a prime contractor or subcontractor.
(k) With the respect to any multiple award schedule Government Contract, the Company (i) has not, at any time, charged a price that is inconsistent with, or disruptive of, any established basis-of-award customer pricing; (ii) has complied in all material respects with any price reductions clause (e.g., 48 C.F.R. § 552.238-81), including all notice requirements therein, and there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in a demand for a refund based upon the Company’s failure to comply with such price reductions clause; and (iii) has complied in all respects will all payment requirements of the Industrial Funding Fee (as described in 48 C.F.R. § 552.238-80 or similar clause).
| 38 |
(l) The Company is, and for the past seven (7) years has been, in compliance in all material respects with all Law establishing or relating to embargoes and sanctions of or by the United States and has obtained and maintained, as applicable, all licenses, shipping documentation and authorizations that are required by any Governmental Authority.
(m) At the time of each application for its PPP Loan, the Company was in all material respects eligible to apply for and to receive such PPP Loan and met all requirements of receiving such PPP Loan, as promulgated by the SBA. In connection with the PPP Loan, all representations, warranties and certifications of the Company and its officers, managers, directors and employees, if any, to the SBA and/or the PPP Lender were, when made, true, complete and accurate in all material respects. The Company’s incurrence of the PPP Loan was duly authorized by Seller or the Company’s boards of directors (or similar governing body) and did not violate or cause an event of default to occur under any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which any of its assets or properties are bound. The Company received written confirmation from the SBA and the PPP Lender that all amounts under the PPP Loan have been forgiven in full as of November 1, 2022, and all obligations of the Company are irrevocably and permanently discharged and terminated. The Company has not applied for or received any other loans or financial assistance from the SBA, the U.S. Department of Treasury or any other Governmental Authority. No Governmental Authority has a basis to disallow or request a refund for any costs charged to any Government Contract as a result of forgiveness of the PPP Loan, nor has the Company used any funding from the PPP Loan for costs reimbursed or submitted for reimbursement under any Government Contract.
Section 4.26 Books and Records. The minute books and stock record books of the Company have been made available to Buyer. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of the Company.
Section 4.27 Bank Accounts. Section 4.27 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, correct and complete list of (a) all bank accounts maintained by the Company, including each account number and the name and address of each bank and the name of each Person who has signature power or power of attorney to act on behalf of the Company with respect to each such account and (b) powers of attorney granted or entered into by the Company that are in effect.
Section 4.28 Related Party Transactions. Except as set forth on Section 4.28 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no Contracts or other arrangements involving the Company in which Seller, its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective directors, officers or employees is a party, has a financial interest or otherwise owns or leases any material asset, property or right which is used by the Company.
Section 4.29 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Ancillary Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company.
Section 4.30 No Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V (including the related portions of the Disclosure Schedules), none of Seller, the Company or any other Person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Seller or the Company, including any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Company furnished or made available to Buyer or as to the future revenue, profitability or success of the Company, or any representation or warranty arising from statute or otherwise in law.
| 39 |
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Except as set forth in the correspondingly numbered Section of the Disclosure Schedule, but subject to Section 10.11, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this ARTICLE V are true and correct as of the date hereof.
Section 5.01 Ownership of Shares. Seller is the beneficial and registered owner of the Shares, and Seller has good and valid title to the Shares, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than the rights of the Buyer created hereunder). Seller is not party to any agreements pursuant to which registration rights in the equity securities of the Company have been granted, equityholder agreements (or similar arrangements), whether written or verbal, among any current or former equityholders of the Company, contractual preemptive rights or rights of first refusal with respect to the Shares. Seller represents and warrants that it has the right to sell and transfer to Buyer the full legal and beneficial interest in the Shares on the terms set out in this Agreement.
Section 5.02 Authority of Seller; Enforceability. Seller has good and sufficient legal right, power and authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and to complete the transactions to be completed by such Seller contemplated hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer) constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms. When each Ancillary Document to which Seller is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by Seller (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Ancillary Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 5.03 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which he is or will be a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents of the Company; (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Seller; or (c) require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under any Material Contract to which Seller is a party. Except as set forth in Section 5.03 of the Disclosure Schedule, no consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Seller is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and such consents, approvals, Permits, Governmental Orders, declarations, filings or notices which, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis.
Section 5.04 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller or an Affiliate of Seller.
| 40 |
Section 5.05 Legal Proceedings. There are no Actions pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against or by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There is no Action pending against any Seller relating to the Business or the activities, properties or assets of the Company. Seller is not party to or subject to the provisions of any Governmental Order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority, and there is no Action by Seller currently pending or which Seller intends to initiate, relating to the Business or the activities, properties or assets of the Company.
ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that the statements contained in this ARTICLE VI are true and correct as of the date hereof.
Section 6.01 Organization of Buyer. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.
Section 6.02 Authority of Buyer; Enforceability. Buyer has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and any Ancillary Document to which Buyer is or will be a party, the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Buyer. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms. When each Ancillary Document to which Buyer is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Ancillary Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 6.03 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents of Buyer; (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Buyer; or (c) require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under any Contract to which Buyer is a party. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Buyer in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and such consents, approvals, Permits, Governmental Orders, declarations, filings or notices which, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis.
Section 6.04 Brokers. Except for Cherry Tree & Associates, LLC, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer.
| 41 |
Section 6.05 Legal Proceedings. There are no Actions pending or, to Buyer’s knowledge, threatened against or by Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No event has occurred or circumstances exist that may give rise or serve as a basis for any such Action.
Section 6.06 Sufficiency of Funds. Buyer has sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Purchase Price (including any adjustment amounts that may become payable by Buyer under Section 2.03 of this Agreement) and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 6.07 Investment Intent. Buyer is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Buyer acknowledges that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws and that the Shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and subject to state securities laws and regulations, as applicable. Buyer is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period (including total loss of its investment) and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of its investment.
Section 6.08 Independent Investigation. Buyer has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis of the Business, results of operations, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), or assets of the Company, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and records and other documents and data of Seller and the Company for such purpose. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that: (a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer has relied solely upon its own investigation and the express representations and warranties of Seller and the Company set forth in ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V of this Agreement (including the related portions of the Disclosure Schedules); and (b) none of Seller, the Company or any other Person has made any representation or warranty as to Seller, the Company or this Agreement, except as expressly set forth in ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V of this Agreement (including the related portions of the Disclosure Schedules).
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS
Section 7.01 Confidentiality. From and after the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, hold, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its or their respective Representatives to hold, in confidence any and all information, whether written or oral, concerning the Company, except to the extent such information (a) is generally available to and known by the public through no fault of Seller, any of its Affiliates or their respective Representatives; or (b) is lawfully acquired by Seller, any of its Affiliates or their respective Representatives from and after the Closing from sources which are not prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation. If Seller or any of its Affiliates or their respective Representatives are compelled to disclose any information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law, Seller shall (if legally permitted to do so) promptly notify Buyer in writing and shall disclose only that portion of such information which Seller is advised by its counsel in writing is legally required to be disclosed, provided that Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.
| 42 |
Section 7.02 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.
(a) For a period of three (3) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in or assist others in engaging in the Restricted Business in the Territory; (ii) have an interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; (iii) cause, induce or encourage any material actual or prospective client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Company (including any existing or former client or customer of Seller and any Person that becomes a client or customer of the Company after the Closing), or any other Person who has a material business relationship with the Company, to terminate or modify any such actual or prospective relationship; or (iv) otherwise intentionally interfere in any material respect with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Agreement) between the Company and client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Person traded on any national securities exchange if Seller is not a controlling Person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person and does not, directly or indirectly, own five percent (5%) or more of any class of securities of such Person.
(b) During the Restricted Period, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any employee of the Company or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any such employee who has left such employment, except pursuant to a general solicitation which is not directed specifically to any such employees; provided, that nothing in this Section 7.02(b) shall prevent Seller or any of its Affiliates from hiring (i) any employee whose employment has been terminated by the Company or Buyer or (ii) after one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of termination of employment, any employee whose employment has been terminated by the employee.
(c) During the Restricted Period, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, solicit or entice, or attempt to solicit or entice, any clients or customers of the Company or potential clients or customers of the Company for purposes of diverting their business or services from the Company. The solicitation, enticement, or attempt to solicit or entice any current or potential clients or customers of the Company shall only limit the Seller or its Affiliates regarding any business which is competitive with the Business.
(d) Seller acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7.02 would give rise to irreparable harm to Buyer, for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Seller of any such obligations, Buyer shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond).
(e) Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7.02 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Buyer and constitute a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 7.02 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product or service, or other limitations permitted by applicable Law in any jurisdiction, then any court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service, or other limitations permitted by applicable Law. The covenants contained in this Section 7.02 and each provision hereof are severable and distinct covenants and provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction.
| 43 |
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer hereby acknowledges that the protective gloves currently designed, manufactured, produced, distributed and/or sold by Clime and Place are not competitive with the Business, and the design, manufacture, production, distribution and/or selling of the protective gloves by Clime and Place shall not be considered part of the Restricted Business for all purposes hereof.
Section 7.03 Post-Closing Access to Records. From and after the Closing Date and for a period ending on the later of (i) the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, or (ii) the date that Seller no longer has any indemnification obligations to Buyer under ARTICLE IX, Buyer shall provide, and shall cause the Company to provide, Seller, at Seller’s sole expense, with such information concerning the operation of the Company prior to the Closing as the Seller may reasonably request in writing (email being sufficient) for Tax, accounting, litigation and other reasonable purposes. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Seller, Buyer shall not, and Buyer shall ensure that the Company does not, for a period ending on the later of (i) the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, or (ii) the date that Seller no longer has any indemnification obligations to Buyer under ARTICLE IX, destroy, alter or otherwise dispose of any of the books and records of the Company for any period prior to the Closing Date. Seller shall keep all information provided or obtained pursuant to this Section 7.03 in confidence and shall not disclose any of such information to any Person except as required by Law or as advised by outside counsel as required in order to prepare and file tax returns, prepare books and records and financial statements, or to defend against or pursue any Action.
Section 7.04 Public Announcements. Unless otherwise required by applicable Law or stock exchange requirements (based upon the reasonable advice of counsel), no party to this Agreement shall make any public announcements in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise communicate with any news media without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and the parties shall cooperate as to the timing and contents of any such announcement.
Section 7.05 Further Assurances. Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents.
ARTICLE VIII
TAX MATTERS
Section 8.01 Tax Covenants.
(a) Seller shall revise, amend, change, modify or otherwise correct all Company Tax Returns that were improperly prepared prior to the Closing Date. Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Buyer (and, after the Closing Date, the Company) against all Losses arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with any and all Tax Returns that were improperly prepared prior to the Closing Date.
| 44 |
(b) Without the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller shall not (and, prior to the Closing, Seller shall cause the Company, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives not to), to the extent it may affect, or relate to, the Company, make, change or rescind any Tax election (including, but not limited to, the Company’s election to be taxed as an S-corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 and Section 1362 of the Code), amend any Tax Return or take any position on any Tax Return, take any action, omit to take any action or enter into any other transaction that would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability or reducing any Tax asset of Buyer or the Company in respect of any Post-Closing Tax Period. Seller agrees that Buyer is to have no liability for any Tax resulting from any action of Seller, the Company, its Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Buyer (and, after the Closing Date, the Company) against any such Tax or reduction of any Tax asset. Other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, neither the Company nor Seller shall take any action, or allow any action, that would cause the Company to no longer be treated as an S-corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 and Section 1362 of the Code.
(c) Buyer shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company after the Closing Date with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period. Any such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice (unless otherwise required by Law) and without a change of any election or any accounting method and shall be submitted by Buyer to Seller (together with schedules, statements and, to the extent requested by Seller, supporting documentation) at least forty-five (45) days prior to the due date (including extensions) of such Tax Return. If Seller objects to any item on any such Tax Return, it shall, within twenty (20) days after delivery of such Tax Return, notify Buyer in writing that it so objects, specifying with particularity any such item and stating the specific factual or legal basis for any such objection. If a notice of objection shall be duly delivered, Buyer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith and use their reasonable best efforts to resolve such items. If Buyer and Seller are unable to reach such agreement within five (5) days after receipt by Buyer of such notice, the disputed items shall be resolved by the Independent Accountant and any determination by the Independent Accountant shall be final. The Independent Accountant shall resolve any disputed items within twenty (20) days of having the item referred to it pursuant to such procedures as it may require. If the Independent Accountant is unable to resolve any disputed items before the due date for such Tax Return, the Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by Buyer and then amended to reflect the Independent Accountant’s resolution. The costs, fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller. The preparation and filing of any Tax Return of the Company that does not relate to a Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be exclusively within the control of Buyer.
Section 8.02 Termination of Existing Tax Sharing Agreements. Seller shall terminate or cause to be terminated any and all existing Tax sharing agreements (whether written or not) binding upon the Company as of the Closing Date. After Closing, none of the Company, Seller nor any of Seller’s Affiliates and their respective Representatives shall have any further rights or liabilities thereunder.
Section 8.03 Tax Indemnification. Except to the extent treated as a liability in the calculation of Closing Net Working Capital, from and after Closing, Seller shall indemnify the Company, Buyer, and each Buyer Indemnitee and hold them harmless from and against (a) any Loss attributable to any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made in Section 4.24 (Taxes); (b) any Loss attributable to any breach or violation of, or failure to fully perform, any covenant, agreement, undertaking or obligation in this ARTICLE VIII; (c) all Taxes of the Company or relating to the business of the Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods (“Pre-Closing Taxes”); (d) all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor of the Company) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date by reason of a liability under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any comparable provisions of foreign, state or local Law; and (e) any and all Taxes of any person imposed on the Company arising under the principles of transferee or successor liability or by contract, relating to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing Date. In each of the above cases, together with any out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred in connection therewith, Seller shall reimburse Buyer for any Taxes of the Company that are the responsibility of Seller pursuant to this Section 8.03 within ten (10) Business Days after payment of such Taxes by Buyer or the Company.
| 45 |
Section 8.04 Straddle Period. In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (each such period, a “Straddle Period”), the portion of any such Taxes that are treated as Pre-Closing Taxes for purposes of this Agreement shall be:
(a) in the case of Taxes (i) based upon, or related to, income, receipts, profits, wages, capital or net worth, (ii) imposed in connection with the sale, transfer or assignment of property, or (iii) required to be withheld, deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the taxable year ended with the Closing Date; and
(b) in the case of other Taxes, deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire period.
Section 8.05 Contests. Buyer agrees to give written notice to Seller of the receipt of any written notice by the Company, Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates which involves the assertion of any claim, or the commencement of any Action, in respect of which an indemnity may be sought by Buyer pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII (a “Tax Claim”); provided, that failure to comply with this provision shall not affect Buyer’s right to indemnification hereunder except to the extent Seller is prejudiced thereby. Buyer shall control the contest or resolution of any Tax Claim; provided, however, that Buyer shall obtain the prior written consent of Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before entering into any settlement of a claim or ceasing to defend such claim; and, provided further, that Seller shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose, the fees and expenses of which separate counsel shall be borne solely by Seller.
Section 8.06 Cooperation and Exchange of Information. Seller and Buyer shall provide each other with such cooperation and information as either of them reasonably may request of the other in filing any Tax Return pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII or in connection with any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies of relevant Tax Returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying schedules, related work papers and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by tax authorities. Each of Seller and Buyer shall retain all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate, without regard to extensions except to the extent notified by the other party in writing of such extensions for the respective Tax periods. Prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in its possession relating to Tax matters of the Company for any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date, Seller or Buyer (as the case may be) shall provide the other party with reasonable written notice and offer the other party the opportunity to take custody of such materials.
Section 8.07 Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments. Any indemnification payments pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price by the parties for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.
| 46 |
Section 8.08 Payments to Buyer. Any amounts payable to Buyer by Seller pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII shall be satisfied by (a) first deducting from the Holdback Amount, and releasing back to Buyer, such amount in accordance with Section 2.05 and (b) then, to the extent the amount of Losses exceeds the amount available in the Holdback Amount, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designed in writing by Buyer to Seller.
Section 8.09 Survival. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Section 4.24 (Taxes) and thisARTICLE VIII shall survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus sixty (60) days.
Section 8.10 Section 338(h)(10) Election.
(a) At Buyer’s option, the Company and Seller shall join with Buyer in making a timely election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and any corresponding election under state, local and foreign Law) with respect to the purchase and sale of the Shares (collectively, a “Section 338(h)(10) Election”). Seller shall pay any Tax attributable to the making of the Section 338(h)(10) Election, and Seller shall indemnify Buyer and the Company against any adverse consequences arising out of any failure to pay any such Taxes.
(b) If a Section 338(h)(10) Election is made, Seller and Buyer agree that the Purchase Price and the Liabilities of the Company (plus other relevant items) shall be allocated among the assets of the Company for all purposes (including Tax and financial accounting) as shown on the Allocation Schedule attached hereto as Annex B (the “Allocation Schedule”). Buyer, the Company and Seller shall file all Tax Returns (including amended returns and claims for refund) and information reports in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule. Any adjustments to the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.03, this ARTICLE VIII or ARTICLE IX below shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 9.01 Survival. Subject to the limitations and other provisions of this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained herein (other than any representations or warranties contained in Section 4.24 (Taxes), which are subject to ARTICLE VIII) shall survive the Closing and shall remain in full force and effect until the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date; provided, however, that the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.21(h) (PFAS Certifications) and Section 4.25 (Government Contracts; PPP Loan) shall survive until the date that is sixty (60) months from the Closing Date, and the Fundamental Representations and Warranties shall survive for the full applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus sixty (60) days. All covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein shall survive the Closing indefinitely or for the period explicitly specified herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claims asserted in good faith with reasonable specificity (to the extent known at such time) and in writing by notice from the non-breaching party to the breaching party prior to the expiration date of the applicable survival period shall not thereafter be barred by the expiration of the relevant representation or warranty and such claims shall survive until finally resolved.
| 47 |
Section 9.02 Indemnification by Seller. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this ARTICLE IX, from and after the Closing Date, Seller shall indemnify and defend each of Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company) and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnitees”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, the Buyer Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:
(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or in any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Seller pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date such representation or warranty was made or as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date); or
(b) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Seller pursuant to this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Seller pursuant to this Agreement; or
(c) any Third-Party Claim based upon, resulting from or arising out of the matters brought against the Company prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date that are based upon, resulting from or arising out of (i) allegations related to the Company’s failure to comply with, or the Company’s violation of, Environmental Laws regulating per- and poly- fluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) on or prior to the Closing Date or (ii) allegations that relate to per- and poly- fluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) contained in or released by, or alleged to be contained in or released by, the products manufactured, distributed and/or sold by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date .
Section 9.03 Indemnification by Buyer. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this ARTICLE IX, from and after Closing, Buyer shall indemnify and defend each of Seller and its Affiliates and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “Seller Indemnitees”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, the Seller Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:
(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or in any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date such representation or warranty was made or as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date); or
(b) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 9.04 Certain Limitations. The indemnification provided for in Section 9.02 and Section 9.03 shall be subject to the following limitations:
(a) Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 9.02(a) until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 9.02(a) exceeds $175,000.00 (the “Basket”), in which event Seller shall be required to pay or be liable for all such Losses from the first dollar. The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Seller shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.02(a) shall not exceed $2,500,000.00 (the “Cap”). The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Seller shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.02(c) shall not exceed the Purchase Price less any income taxes due thereon, as adjusted for any reduction in Purchase Price pursuant to Section 9.08. Seller may defer payment of any amounts due and payable to Buyer pursuant to this ARTICLE IX for a period of eighteen (18) months, provided that such amounts deferred shall not exceed the amount of the income taxes previously paid by Seller related to the Purchase Price that is expected to be refunded to Seller due to the reduction in Purchase Price pursuant to Section 9.08 below.
| 48 |
(b) Buyer shall not be liable to the Seller Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 9.03(a) until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 9.03(a) exceeds the Basket, in which event Buyer shall be required to pay or be liable for all such Losses from the first dollar. The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Buyer shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.03(a) shall not exceed the Cap.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations set forth in Section 9.04(a) and Section 9.04(b) shall not apply to Losses based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of any inaccuracy in or breach of the Fundamental Representations and Warranties; provided, however, Seller’s aggregate liability for all indemnifiable Losses (except in the case of fraud on the part of Seller in the making of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement) shall not exceed an amount equal to the Purchase Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations set forth in this Section 9.04 shall not apply to fraud on the part of Seller in the making of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement.
(d) For purposes of calculating the amount of any Loss pursuant to this ARTICLE IX, but not for purposes of determining whether there has been an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty, any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty shall be determined without regard to any materiality, Material Adverse Effect or other similar qualification contained in or otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty.
Section 9.05 Indemnification Procedures. The party making a claim under this ARTICLE IX is referred to as the “Indemnified Party,” and the party against whom such claims are asserted under this ARTICLE IX is referred to as the “Indemnifying Party.”
(a) Third-Party Claims. If any Indemnified Party receives notice of the assertion or commencement of any Action made or brought by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of a party to this Agreement or a Representative of the foregoing (a “Third-Party Claim”) against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Indemnifying Party is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such notice of such Third-Party Claim. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in, or by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defense of any Third-Party Claim (including any Third Party Claim under Section 9.02(c)) at the Indemnifying Party’s expense and by the Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in good faith in such defense; provided, that if the Indemnifying Party is Seller, such Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to defend or direct the defense of any such Third-Party Claim that seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party. In the event that the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third-Party Claim, subject to Section 9.05(b), it shall have the right to take such action as it deems necessary to avoid, dispute, defend, appeal or make counterclaims pertaining to any such Third-Party Claim in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with counsel selected by it subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense thereof. The fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party, provided, that if in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party, (A) there are legal defenses available to an Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party; or (B) there exists a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party that cannot be waived, the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party in each jurisdiction for which the Indemnified Party determines counsel is required. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to compromise or defend such Third-Party Claim, fails to promptly notify the Indemnified Party in writing of its election to defend as provided in this Agreement, or fails to diligently prosecute the defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may, subject to Section 9.05(b), pay, compromise, defend such Third-Party Claim and seek indemnification for any and all Losses based upon, arising from or relating to such Third-Party Claim. Seller and Buyer shall cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any Third-Party Claim, including making available records relating to such Third-Party Claim and furnishing, without expense (other than reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket expenses) to the defending party, management employees of the non-defending party as may be reasonably necessary for the preparation of the defense of such Third-Party Claim.
| 49 |
(b) Settlement of Third-Party Claims. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall not enter into settlement of any Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, except as provided in this Section 9.05(b). If a firm offer is made to settle a Third-Party Claim without leading to Liability or the creation of a financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party and provides, in customary form, for the unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all Liabilities and obligations in connection with such Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such offer, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer within ten (10) days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnified Party may continue to contest or defend such Third-Party Claim and in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third-Party Claim shall not exceed the amount of such settlement offer. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer and also fails to assume defense of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may settle the Third-Party Claim upon the terms set forth in such firm offer to settle such Third-Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 9.05(a), it shall not agree to any settlement without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
(c) Direct Claims. Any Action by an Indemnified Party on account of a Loss which does not result from a Third-Party Claim (a “Direct Claim”) shall be asserted by the Indemnified Party giving the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such Direct Claim. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. The Indemnified Party shall allow the Indemnifying Party and its professional advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim and the Indemnified Party shall assist the Indemnifying Party’s investigation by giving such information and assistance (including access to the Company’s premises and personnel and the right to examine and copy any accounts, documents or records) as the Indemnifying Party or any of its professional advisors may reasonably request. If the Indemnifying Party does not so respond within such thirty- (30-) day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
| 50 |
(d) Tax Claims. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the control of any claim, assertion, event or proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company (including, but not limited to, any such claim in respect of a breach of the representations and warranties in Section 4.24 (Taxes) hereof or any breach or violation of or failure to fully perform any covenant, agreement, undertaking or obligation in ARTICLE VIII) shall be governed exclusively by ARTICLE VIII hereof.
Section 9.06 Mitigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, payments made to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses shall be reduced by an amount equal to any third party cash recoveries (net of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in obtaining such recovery) actually received by such Indemnified Party under any insurance policies and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment. Each Indemnified Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to receive any available insurance proceeds and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment (it being understood and agreed that the Indemnified Party shall not be obligated to commence any Action against the relevant insurer or third party, but that the Indemnifying Party may, at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense, elect to commence an Action in the name of the Indemnified Party or the Company (as applicable) against the relevant insurer or third party) and to mitigate any Losses to the extent required by applicable Law.
Section 9.07 Indemnification Payments. Once a Loss is agreed to by the Indemnifying Party or finally adjudicated to be payable pursuant to this ARTICLE IX, the Indemnifying Party shall satisfy its obligations within fifteen (15) Business Days of such final, non-appealable adjudication by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Any Losses payable to a Buyer Indemnitee pursuant to this ARTICLE IX shall be satisfied first (a) from the Holdback Amount and (b) then, to the extent the amount of Losses exceeds the amounts available to the Buyer Indemnitee in the Holdback Amount, from Seller.
Section 9.08 Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments. All indemnification payments made under this Agreement shall be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.
Section 9.09 Exclusive Remedies. Subject to and except for Section 2.03 (Purchase Price Adjustment), Section 7.02 (Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation) and Section 10.10 (Specific Performance), the parties acknowledge and agree that from and after Closing their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from fraud or willful misconduct on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in ARTICLE VIII and this ARTICLE IX. In furtherance of the foregoing, except with respect to Section 2.03 (Purchase Price Adjustment), Section 7.02 (Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation) and Section 10.10 (Specific Performance), each party hereby waives, from and after Closing, to the fullest extent permitted under Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other parties hereto and their Affiliates and each of their respective Representatives arising under or based upon any Law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in ARTICLE VIII and this ARTICLE IX. Nothing in this Section 9.09 shall limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person shall be entitled or to seek any remedy on account of any party’s fraud or willful misconduct.
| 51 |
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred.
Section 10.02 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third (3rd) day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.02):
| If to Seller: |
| 2808 Jordan Grove West Des Moines, IA 50265 Email: wavl60@gmail.com Attention: William A. Van Lent |
| with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
| Koley Jessen P.C., L.L.O. 1125 South 103rd Street, Suite 800 Omaha, NE 68124 Attention: Taylor Dieckman E-mail: taylor.dieckman@koleyjessen.com |
| If to Buyer: |
| 1525 Perimeter Parkway Suite 325 Huntsville, Alabama 35806 Email: rdshannon@lakeland.com Attention: Roger Shannon |
| with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): |
| Maynard Nexsen PC 655 Gallatin Street Southwest Huntsville, Alabama 35801 Email: rmarsden@maynardnexsen.com Attention: Richard Marsden |
| 52 |
Section 10.03 Interpretation. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedule and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedule and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedule and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.
Section 10.04 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Except as provided in Section 7.02(e), upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
Section 10.05 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Ancillary Documents constitute the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Ancillary Documents, the Exhibits and Disclosure Schedule (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedule), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.
Section 10.06 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No assignment shall relieve the assigning party of any of its obligations hereunder.
Section 10.07 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in ARTICLE IX, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
Section 10.08 Amendment and Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
| 53 |
Section 10.09 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction).
(b) ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE INSTITUTED IN THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OR THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE IN EACH CASE LOCATED IN THE CITY OF WILMINGTON AND COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, AND EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. SERVICE OF PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR OTHER DOCUMENT BY MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR ANY PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURTS AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
(c) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.09(C).
Section 10.10 Specific Performance. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
| 54 |
Section 10.11 Schedules. Any matter, information or item disclosed in the Schedules delivered under any specific representation, warranty or covenant or Schedule number hereof, shall be deemed to have been disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement in response to each other representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement in respect of which the applicability of such disclosure is reasonably apparent on its face. The inclusion of any matter, information or item in any Schedule shall not be deemed to constitute an admission of any liability by Seller or the Company to any third party or otherwise imply that any such matter, information or item is material or creates a measure for materiality for the purposes of this Agreement.
Section 10.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission (including via Docusign.com or SimplyAgree.com) shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.
Section 10.13 Representation of Seller and Company. Buyer agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, that (a) one or more of the Company or Seller have retained Koley Jessen P.C., L.L.O. (“KJ”) to act as their counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated herein as well as other past matters, (b) KJ has not acted as counsel for any other Person in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, and no Person other than the Company and Seller has the status of a KJ client for conflict of interest or any other purpose as a result thereof, and (c) following the Closing, KJ may serve as counsel to Seller and its Affiliates in connection with any matters related to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated herein, including any litigation, claim, or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated herein, notwithstanding any representation by KJ prior to the Closing Date of the Company or Seller. Buyer (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) hereby irrevocably (i) waives any claim it have or may have that KJ has or will have a conflict of interest or is otherwise prohibited from engaging in such representation and (ii) agrees that, in the event that a dispute (including litigation) arises after the Closing between Buyer or the Company, on the one hand, and Seller or any of its Affiliates on the other hand, KJ may represent Seller or any of its Affiliates in such dispute even though the interests of such Person(s) may be directly adverse to Buyer or the Company and even though KJ may have represented the Company or other Persons in a matter substantially related to such dispute. Buyer represents that its own counsel has explained and helped Buyer evaluate the implications and risks of waiving the right to assert a future conflict against KJ, and Buyer’s and the Company’s consent with respect to this waiver is fully informed. Buyer and the Company (on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates) also further agree that, as to all communications among KJ, on the one hand, and the Company and Seller, or their respective Affiliates and representatives, on the other hand, that relate in any way to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein, the attorney-client privilege and the expectation of client confidence belongs to Seller and shall be controlled by Seller and will not pass to or be claimed by Buyer or the Company. In addition, upon the Closing, all of the client files and records in the possession of KJ related to this Agreement, the negotiation, execution, or performance of this Agreement will continue to be property of (and be controlled by) Seller, and the Company will not retain any copies of such records or have any access to them. Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer and the Company, on behalf of themselves, their Affiliates, subsidiaries, and their respective current and future members, partners, equityholders, Representatives, and each of the successors and assigns of the foregoing (the “Waiving Parties”), hereby acknowledge and agree that all (x) emails and other communications from or among Seller or the Company (or any Affiliates, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys, accountants, consultants, or other Representatives of any of the foregoing) concerning, related to, or in respect of the sale process, this Agreement, or any agreement entered into in connection with herewith or related hereto (including all prior drafts), the assets, liabilities, operations, prospects, and condition of the Company and its business as related to the foregoing, and any other matter relating to any of the foregoing (whether or not such email or other communication is entitled to any attorney-client or other privilege) and (y) documents or materials created by or on behalf of any such Persons in connection with, in preparation for, related to, or arising out of the sale process, any prior sale processes, this Agreement or any agreement entered into in connection herewith or related hereto (including all prior drafts), and the subject matter hereof and thereof, or any dispute or proceeding arising out of or relating to, the sale process, this Agreement, any agreement entered into in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein, or any matter relating to any of the foregoing, will be exclusively owned and controlled by Seller and shall not pass to or be claimed by Buyer, the Company, or any subsidiaries thereof, and from and after the Closing, none of Buyer, the Company, or any subsidiaries thereof or any other Person purporting to act on behalf thereof or any of the Waiving Parties will seek to access, obtain, use, rely on, or otherwise disclose the same, including by or through any legal or other process, without in each case first obtaining Seller’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion. In furtherance of the foregoing, Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it would be impractical to remove all such emails and communications from the records (including emails and other electronic files) of the Company and that any possession of Buyer or the Company of any of the foregoing will not affect or alter the ownership of such emails and communications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between Buyer or the Company and a third party other than a party to this Agreement (or an Affiliate thereof) after the Closing, the Company may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of confidential communications by KJ to such third party; provided, that the Company may not waive such privilege without the prior written consent of Seller.
[Signature Page Follows]
| 55 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
| BUYER: | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
| LAKELAND INDUSTRIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: | /s/ Roger D. Shannon | ||
|
| Name: | Roger D. Shannon | |
| Title: | Chief Financial Officer | ||
|
| SELLER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ William A. Van Lent |
|
|
|
| WILLIAM A. VAN LENT |
|
|
Signature Page
Stock Purchase Agreement
| 56 |
EXHIBIT 10.33

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO LOAN AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 5 to Loan Agreement (the "Amendment") dated as of December 12, 2024, is between Bank of America, N.A. (the "Bank") and Lakeland Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower").
RECITALS
A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a certain Loan Agreement dated as of June 25, 2020, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement dated as of June 18, 2021, as further amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Loan Agreement dated as of March 3, 2023, as further amended by that certain Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement dated as of November 29, 2023, and as further amended by that certain Amendment No. 4 to Loan Agreement dated as of March 28, 2024 (together with any previous amendments, the "Agreement").
B. The Bank and the Borrower desire to further amend the Agreement. This Amendment shall be effective on December 12, 2024, subject to any conditions stated in this Amendment.
AGREEMENT
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.
2. Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
2.1 Paragraph 1.8 is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“1.8 “Credit Limit” means the amount indicated for each period set forth below:
|
| Period |
| Amount |
|
| From the date of this |
|
|
|
| Agreement until January 31, 2026 |
| $60,000,000 (unless reduced pursuant to a capital raise as described below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From February 1, 2026 |
|
|
|
| until January 31, 2027 |
| $50,000,000 (unless reduced pursuant to a capital raise as described below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From February 1, 2027 until |
|
|
|
| the Expiration Date |
| $40,000,000 |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the net cash proceeds of any issuance of equity interests in Borrower, after the payment of any underwriting fees, legal fees or other customary costs incurred in connection therewith, but expressly excluding, without limitation, any issuance of equity interests made as a part of the consideration for any acquisition of any business or its assets permitted by the Loan Documents or otherwise approved by Bank (“Capital Raise Proceeds”) shall, within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s receipt thereof, be used to pay down the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, and the Credit Limit will be reduced by an amount equal to Capital Raise Proceeds, provided, however, the amount of the Credit Limit shall not be reduced below $40,000,000 as a result of a capital raise.”
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -1- |
|
| 2.2 | The first sentence of Paragraph 2.2 is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “The Line of Credit is available between the date of this Agreement and December 12, 2029, or such other date as the availability may be terminated as provided in this Agreement (the “Expiration Date”).” |
|
|
|
|
|
| 2.3 | Paragraph 7.3 is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “To maintain on a consolidated basis a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA not exceeding the ratios indicated for each period specified below: |
|
| Period |
| Ratios |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From December 12, 2024 |
|
|
|
| through January 31, 2026, |
| 3.50:1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From February 1, 2026 |
|
|
|
| through January 31, 2027 |
| 3.25:1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From February 1, 2027 and thereafter |
| 3.0:1.0 |
|
|
| “Funded Debt” means all outstanding liabilities for borrowed money and other interest-bearing liabilities, including current and long term debt, less the non-current portion of Subordinated Liabilities; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, “Funded Debt” shall not include operating lease liabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “EBITDA" means net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations (including unusual and infrequent items, agreed to at the sole discretion of the Bank), plus (a) income taxes, plus (b) interest expense, plus (c) depreciation, plus (d) depletion, plus (e) amortization, plus (f) equity compensation expenses, plus (g) transactions expenses pertaining to acquisitions and financings, plus (h) severance expenses, and plus (i) start-up expenses for de novo operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| This ratio will be calculated at the end of each reporting period for which the Bank requires financial statements, using the results of the twelve-month period ending with that reporting period; provided that for any acquisition that was closed during the subject period of determination, the results of the acquisition on a pro forma rolling 4 quarter basis.” |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “Subordinated Liabilities” means liabilities subordinated to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank in a manner acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion.” |
|
|
|
|
|
| 2.4 | Subparagraph 7.13(b) is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “(b) Acquire or purchase a business or its assets; provided, however, the Bank’s consent will not be required for the acquisition or purchase of a business or its assets if (i) at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such acquisition or purchase, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the consideration (or, in the case of consideration consisting of assets, the fair market value of the assets) paid by Borrower shall not exceed $26,000,000 for any individual acquisition or $36,000,000 on a cumulative basis for all such acquisitions or purchases subsequent to the date hereof. The Borrower shall provide the Bank with a Quality of Earnings Report for acquisitions in which the consideration is greater than $10,000,000.00. As used herein, “Quality of Earnings Report” means a quality of earnings report of the business or its assets in form and substances acceptable to the Bank prepared by an independent third party selected by the Borrower and acceptable the Bank.” |
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -2- |
|
| 2.5 | Paragraph 7.23 is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “To maintain an Asset Coverage Ratio of at least 1.10:1.0 at all times. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ““Asset Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of Margined Assets to the outstanding principal balance under the Line of Credit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| “Margined Assets” means the sum of (a) 80% of accounts receivable, net of bad debt reserve, as shown on the most recent quarterly balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP as delivered to Bank; plus (b) 50% of inventory (or, if less, finished goods) as shown on such balance sheet. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| This covenant shall be calculated based on the financial statements (as required under this Agreement) for each quarter and fiscal year, but will only be measured for any period in which the Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio exceeds 3.25:1.0.” |
3. Representations and Warranties. When the Borrower signs this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) there is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would be, a default under the Agreement except those events, if any, that have been disclosed in writing to the Bank or waived in writing by the Bank, (b) the representations and warranties in the Agreement are true in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment as if made on the date of this Amendment (except to the extent expressly made as of another date), (c) this Amendment does not conflict with any law, material agreement, or material obligation by which the Borrower is bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on Borrower, (d) this Amendment is within the Borrower's corporate powers, has been duly authorized, and does not conflict with any of the Borrower's organizational documents, (e) the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification most recently provided to the Bank, if applicable, is true and correct in all material respects, and (f) as of the date of this Amendment and throughout the term of the Agreement, no Borrower or Guarantor, if any, is (1) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (2) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); (3) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plans or accounts for purposes of ERISA or the Code; or (4) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA.
4. Conditions. The effectiveness of this Amendment is conditioned upon the Bank’s receipt of the following items, in form and content acceptable to the Bank:
4.1 A fully executed counterpart of this Amendment from the Borrower and each guarantor and/or collateral pledgor (collectively, a “Credit Support Provider”) in form satisfactory to the Bank.
4.2 KYC Information.
(a) Upon the request of the Bank, the Borrower shall have provided to the Bank, and the Bank shall be reasonably satisfied with, the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act.
(b) If the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it shall have provided a Beneficial Ownership Certification to the Bank if so requested.
4.3 If the Borrower or any Credit Support Provider is anything other than a natural person, evidence that the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and/or such Credit Support Provider of this Amendment and any instrument or agreement required under this Amendment have been duly authorized.
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -3- |
4.4 Payment by the Borrower of an upfront fee of $20,000.00.
4.5 Payment by the Borrower of all actual, documented costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees (including allocated costs for in-house legal services) incurred by the Bank in connection with this Amendment.
5. Effect of Amendment. Except as provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement, including but not limited to any Waiver of Jury Trial or Dispute Resolution Provision contained therein, shall remain in full force and effect. In the event the terms of this Amendment conflict with the terms of the Agreement or any other document executed in connection with the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment will control.
6. Electronic Records and Signatures. This Amendment and any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Amendment (each a “Communication”), including Communications required to be in writing, may, if agreed by the Bank, be in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures, including, without limitation, facsimile and/or .pdf. The Borrower agrees that any Electronic Signature (including, without limitation, facsimile or .pdf) on or associated with any Communication shall be valid and binding on the Borrower to the same extent as a manual, original signature, and that any Communication entered into by Electronic Signature, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with the terms thereof to the same extent as if a manually executed original signature was delivered to the Bank. Any Communication may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same Communication. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance by the Bank of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. The Bank may, at its option, create one or more copies of any Communication in the form of an imaged Electronic Record (“Electronic Copy”), which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business, and destroy the original paper document. All Communications in the form of an Electronic Record, including an Electronic Copy, shall be considered an original for all purposes, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Bank is under no obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Bank pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent the Bank has agreed to accept such Electronic Signature, the Bank shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of any Obligor without further verification and (b) upon the request of the Bank any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed, original counterpart. For purposes hereof, “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time.
7. FINAL AGREEMENT. BY SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT: (A) THIS DOCUMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, (B) THIS DOCUMENT SUPERSEDES ANY COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, UNLESS SUCH COMMITMENT LETTER, TERM SHEET OR OTHER WRITTEN OUTLINE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS EXPRESSLY PROVIDES TO THE CONTRARY, (C) THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES, AND (D) THIS DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -4- |
The parties executed this Amendment as of the date stated at the beginning of this Amendment, intending to create an instrument executed under seal.
Bank:
Bank of America, N.A.
By: /s/ Andy Martin, SVP
Name: Andy Martin
Its: Senior Vice President
Borrower:
Lakeland Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Roger D. Shannon (Seal)
Roger D. Shannon, Chief Financial Officer
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -1- |
CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
OF PLEDGOR
The undersigned (the “Credit Support Provider”) is a pledgor of collateral for, the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under the Agreement. The Credit Support Provider hereby (i) acknowledges and consents to the foregoing Amendment, (ii) reaffirms its obligations under any agreement under which it has granted to the Bank a lien or security interest in any of its real or personal property, and (iii) confirms that such agreements, including but not limited to any Waiver of Jury Trial or Dispute Resolution Provision contained therein, remain in full force and effect, without defense, offset, or counterclaim. (Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in the foregoing Amendment.)
Although the undersigned has been informed of the terms of the Amendment, the undersigned understands and agrees that the Bank has no duty to so notify it or any other pledgor or to seek this or any future acknowledgment, consent or reaffirmation, and nothing contained herein shall create or imply any such duty as to any transactions, past or future.
Dated as of December 9, 2024.
Credit Support Provider:
Lakeland Industries, Inc.
By: /s/ Roger D. Shannon (Seal)
Roger D. Shannon, Chief Financial Officer
| Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement |
| -1- |
EXHIBIT 14.1

| Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers | Effective Date: April 15, 2025
Approved by: Board of Directors |
Lakeland Industries, Inc. (“Lakeland”) has a Global Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”) applicable to all directors, officers and employees of Lakeland. The CEO and all senior financial officers, including the CFO and principal accounting officer and controller, are bound by the provisions set forth therein relating to ethical conduct, conflicts of interest and compliance with law. In addition to the Code, the CEO and senior financial officers are subject to the following additional specific policies:
1. The CEO and all senior financial officers are responsible for full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the periodic reports and other documents required to be filed by Lakeland with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications Lakeland makes. Accordingly, it is the responsibility of the CEO and each senior financial officer promptly to bring to the attention of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) any material information of which he or she may become aware that affects the disclosures made by Lakeland in its public filings and other public communications.
2. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the Audit Committee of the Board any information he or she may have concerning (a) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect Lakeland’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Lakeland’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.
3. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the CEO and the Audit Committee of the Board any information he or she may have concerning any violation of the Code or these additional policies, including any actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships involving any officers or other employees who have a significant role in Lakeland’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.
4. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the CEO and the Audit Committee of the Board any information he or she may have concerning evidence of a material violation of the securities or other laws, rules or regulations applicable to Lakeland and the operation of its business, by Lakeland or any agent thereof.
5. The Board shall determine, or designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of violations of the Code or these additional policies by the CEO or any of Lakeland’s senior financial officers. Such actions shall be reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote accountability for adherence to the Code and these additional policies. These actions shall include written notices to the officer involved that the Board has determined that there has been a violation, censure by the Board, demotion or re-assignment of the officer involved, suspension with or without pay or benefits, or termination of the individual’s employment (as determined by the Board). In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board or a designee shall take into account all relevant information, including the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation was a single occurrence or a repeated occurrence, whether the violation appears to have been intentional or inadvertent, whether the officer in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action, and whether the officer in question had committed other violations in the past.
EXHIBIT 19.1

| Global Policy on Insider Trading | Issued Date: November 9, 2014
Revised: September 2, 2021 September 11, 2023 April 15, 2025
Approved by: Lakeland Industries Board of Directors |
In the course of conducting the business of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and its global subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), directors, officers and employees may come into possession of material information about the Company or other entities that is not available to the investing public (“material non-public information”). You must maintain the confidentiality of material non-public information and may not use it in connection with the purchase or sale of publicly traded securities issued by the Company (“Company securities”) or the securities of any other entity to which the information relates. The Company has adopted this Policy on Insider Trading (this “Policy”) in order to ensure compliance with the law and to avoid even the appearance of improper conduct by anyone associated with the Company.
Applicability
The restrictions set forth in this Policy apply to all Company officers, directors and employees, wherever located, and to their spouses, minor children, other persons sharing the same household and any other person or entity over whom the officer, director or employee exercises substantial control over his, her or its securities trading decisions. This Policy also applies to any trust or other estate in which a director, officer or employee has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which he or she serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity. You are responsible for the transactions of the aforementioned persons and entities and therefore should make them aware of the need to confer with you before they trade in Company securities.
To avoid even the appearance of impropriety, additional restrictions on trading Company securities apply to directors and certain officers and designated employees of the Company who have access to material non-public information about the Company. These policies are set forth in the Company’s Addendum to this Policy. The Company will notify you if you are subject to the Addendum. The Addendum generally prohibits those covered by it from trading in the Company’s securities during blackout periods and requires pre-clearance for all transactions in Company securities.
You are responsible for reviewing this Policy and ensuring that your actions do not violate it.
Material, Non-Public Information
Company policy and the laws of the United States and many other countries strictly prohibit any director, officer or employee of the Company, whenever and in whatever capacity engaged, from trading in Company securities while in possession of “material, non-public information” about the Company. If you become aware of any such information, you may not execute any trade in Company securities, and you should treat the information as strictly confidential. This prohibition applies to Company securities as well as the securities of any other company about which you acquire material, non-public information in the course of your duties for the Company. It also applies to transactions for any Company account, employee account or account over which the employee has investment discretion. There are no exceptions to this Policy except as specifically noted herein.
| 1 |
What is Material Information?
Under Company policy and United States law, information is material if:
| · | there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in determining whether to trade in a security; or |
| · | the information, if made public, likely would affect the market price of a company’s securities. |
Information may be material even if it relates to future, speculative or contingent events and even if it is significant only when considered in combination with publicly available information. Material information can be positive or negative.
Depending on the facts and circumstances, information that could be considered material includes, but is not limited to:
| · | earnings announcements or estimates, or changes to previously released announcements or estimates; |
| · | other unpublished financial results; |
| · | significant dividend increases or decreases; |
| · | impending stock split; |
| · | write downs and additions to reserves (i.e., for bad debts); |
| · | expansion or curtailment of operations; |
| · | new products, inventions or discoveries; |
| · | entry into, or termination of, a significant contract; |
| · | gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier; |
| · | major litigation or government actions; |
| · | possible acquisitions, mergers, divestitures, strategic alliances or joint ventures; |
| · | changes in analyst recommendations or debt ratings; |
| · | restructurings and recapitalizations; |
| · | anticipated public or private offerings of securities; |
| · | extraordinary management changes and/or developments; |
| · | extraordinary borrowings; |
| · | liquidity problems; |
| · | the establishment of a repurchase program for Company securities and Company repurchases of securities; |
| · | significant related party transactions; |
| · | changes in the Company’s auditors or notification that the auditor’s reports may no longer be relied upon; |
| · | cybersecurity risks or incidents, including vulnerability and breaches; and |
| · | the imposition of a ban on trading in Company securities or delisting from a stock exchange. |
| 2 |
What is Non-Public Information?
Information is considered to be non-public unless it has been adequately disclosed to the public, which means that the information must be publicly disseminated and sufficient time must have passed for the securities markets to digest the information.
It is important to note that information is not necessarily public merely because it has been discussed in the press, which will sometimes report rumors. You should presume that information is non-public unless you can point to its official release by the Company in at least one of the following ways:
| · | public filings with securities regulatory authorities (i.e. the Securities and Exchange Commission); |
| · | issuance of press releases; or |
| · | meetings with members of the press and the public. |
You may not attempt to “beat the market” by trading simultaneously with, or shortly after, the official release of material information. Although there is no fixed period for how long it takes the market to absorb information, out of prudence a person aware of material, non-public information should refrain from any trading activity for approximately two full trading days following its official release; shorter or longer waiting periods might be warranted based upon the liquidity of the security and the nature of the information.
NOTWITHSTANDING THESE TIMING GUIDELINES, IT IS ILLEGAL FOR YOU TO TRADE WHILE IN POSSESSION OF MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION, INCLUDING SITUATIONS IN WHICH YOU ARE AWARE OF MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS THAT HAVE NOT YET BEEN PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED BY THE ISSUER.
“Tipping” Material, Non-Public Information Is Prohibited
In addition to trading while in possession of material, non-public information, it is illegal and a violation of this Policy to convey such information to another or recommend to anyone the purchase or sale of any securities when you are aware of such information (“tipping”). This applies regardless of whether the “tippee” is related to the insider or is an entity, such as a trust or a corporation, and regardless of whether you receive any monetary benefit from the tippee.
Trading on or conveying material, non-public information may also breach contractual obligations assumed by the Company to or on behalf of Company customers. Apart from contractual remedies (such as damages and injunctions), severe, and possibly irreparable, reputational damage to the Company can result from trading on, tipping or other improper use of material, non-public information.
What Transactions are Covered by this Policy?
Trading includes purchases and sales of stock, gifts of stock, transactions in derivative securities, such as put and call options, warrants, convertible debentures and other derivative securities, or preferred stock.
| 3 |
Speculative Transactions
Those subject to this Policy may not trade in options (other than, as discussed below, options granted under a Company stock option or other plan), warrants, puts, calls or other similar instruments on Company securities or sell Company securities “short.” In addition, you may not engage in hedging or monetization transactions, hold Company securities in margin accounts or pledge securities as collateral for a loan. Investing in Company securities provides an opportunity to share in the future growth of the Company. Investment in the Company and sharing in the growth of the Company, however, does not mean short-range speculation based on fluctuations in the market. Such activities may put the personal gain of the director, officer or employee in conflict with the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
Twenty-Twenty Hindsight
If securities transactions ever become the subject of scrutiny, they are likely to be viewed after- the-fact with the benefit of hindsight. As a result, before engaging in any transaction you should carefully consider how the transaction may be construed in the bright light of hindsight. If you have any questions or uncertainties about this Policy or a proposed transaction, please ask the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
What are the Limited Exceptions from This Policy?
Stock Option Exercises
This Policy does not apply to the exercise of an employee or director stock option granted under a Company stock option or other plan. This Policy does apply, however, to any sale of stock acquired upon the exercise of an option, including as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option or other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.
Trading Plans
Notwithstanding the prohibition against insider trading, Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 10b5-1”), permits employees and other persons to trade in Company securities regardless of their awareness of inside information if the transaction is made pursuant to a pre-arranged written trading plan (“Trading Plan”) that was entered into when the employee or other person was not in possession of material, non-public information and that complies with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1. A director, officer or employee who wishes to enter into a Trading Plan must submit the Trading Plan to the Company CFO who will clear approval with the Company's counsel prior to the adoption of the Trading Plan. Trading Plans will be approved in the discretion of the Company. Trading Plans may not be adopted when the director, officer or employee is in possession of material non-public information about the Company. A director, officer or employee may amend or replace his or her Trading Plan only during periods when trading is permitted in accordance with this Policy.
Restricted Stock Awards
This Policy does not apply to the vesting of restricted stock, or the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which employees or directors elect to have the Company withhold shares of stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any restricted stock. The Policy does apply, however, to any market sale of restricted stock.
401(k) Plan
This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company securities in the Company’s 401(k) plan resulting from the periodic contribution of money to the plan pursuant to an employee’s payroll
deduction election. However, any changes in investment election regarding the Company’s securities are subject to trading restrictions under this Policy.
| 4 |
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company securities through periodic, automatic payroll contributions to any Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). However, elections to enroll in the ESPP, changes in elections under the ESPP and sales of any Company securities acquired under the ESPP are subject to trading restrictions under this Policy.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company securities under any Company dividend reinvestment plan resulting from any employee’s reinvestment of dividends paid on Company securities. This Policy does apply, however, to voluntary purchases of Company securities resulting from additional contributions and elections to participate in the plan or increase the level of participation in the plan. This Policy also applies to the sale of any Company securities purchased pursuant to the plan.
Other Similar Transactions
Any other purchase of Company securities from the Company or sales of Company securities to the Company are not subject to this Policy.
Reporting Violations/Seeking Advice
You should refer suspected violations of this Policy to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. In addition, if you:
| · | receive material, non-public information that you are not authorized to receive or that you do not legitimately need to know to perform your employment responsibilities, or |
| · | receive confidential information and are unsure if it is within the definition of material, non- public information or whether its release might be contrary to a fiduciary or other duty or obligation, |
you should not share it with anyone. To seek advice about what to do under those circumstances, you should contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Consulting your colleagues can have the effect of exacerbating the problem. Containment of the information, until the legal implications of possessing it are determined, is critical.
The contact information for the Company’s Chief Financial Officer is:
Roger D. Shannon
Lakeland Industries, Inc.
1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325
Huntsville, AL 35806
(256) 350-3873
rdshannon@lakeland.com
| 5 |
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall be the person designated to act in his absence and his contact information is:
James M. Jenkins
Lakeland Industries, Inc.
1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325
Huntsville, AL 35806
(256) 350-3873
jjenkins@lakeland.com
Penalties for Violations of this Policy
In the United States and many other countries, the personal consequences to you of illegally trading in securities while in possession of material, non-public information can be quite severe. Potential penalties for engaging in insider trading or tipping include imprisonment for up to 20 years, criminal fines of up to $5 million (or $25 million for entities), and civil fines of up to three times the profit made or loss avoided. These laws apply to all employees – not just officers and directors. Subject to applicable law, Company employees who violate this Policy may also be subject to discipline by the Company, including possible termination of employment for cause and claims for damages. The Company may need to alert appropriate authorities if required or it decides, in its sole discretion, that the situation warrants such action.
If you are located or engaged in dealings outside the United States, be aware that laws regarding insider trading and similar offenses differ from country to country. Employees must abide by the laws in the country where located. However, you are required to comply with this Policy even if local law is less restrictive. If a local law conflicts with this Policy, you must consult the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
| 6 |
| Addendum to Policy on Insider Trading | Issue Date: November 19, 2014 Revision Date: September 2, 2021 September 11, 2023 April 15, 2025 |
| Approval: Board of Directors |
This Addendum is in addition to and supplements the Lakeland Industries, Inc. Policy on Insider Trading (“Policy on Insider Trading”). This Addendum applies to directors and certain officers and designated employees of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and its worldwide subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) who have access to material non-public information about the Company. The positions of the persons subject to this Addendum are listed on Schedule A attached hereto. The Company may from time to time designate other positions that are subject to this Addendum and will amend Schedule A from time to time as necessary to reflect such changes or the resignation or change of status of any individual.
Please read this Addendum carefully. When you have completed your review, please sign the attached acknowledgment form and return it to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
Contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer if at any time you have questions about this Addendum or its application to a particular situation.
GENERAL RULES
In general terms, the law and Company policy prohibit:
|
| · | Buying or selling Company securities or derivative securities (or in some cases the securities of other companies) while in possession of material non-public information. In order to avoid even the appearance of impropriety, the Company’s policy is to require pre- clearance of all transactions in Company securities and to prohibit any transactions in Company securities during certain designated blackout periods by those subject to this Addendum, as further detailed below. |
|
|
|
|
|
| · | Disclosing material non-public information to outsiders, including family members and others (i.e., “tipping”), who then trade in Company securities or the securities of another company while in possession of that information. |
|
|
|
|
|
| · | In accordance with Section 16(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), engaging in “short-swing” trading, whether or not in possession of material non-public information. Any “short-swing” profits, which generally involve a purchase and sale or a sale and purchase (or any number of these transactions) within any period of less than six months, must be disgorged to the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
| · | The sale of any Company securities without complying with all the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
| · | Answering questions or providing information about the Company and its affairs to Company outsiders unless you are specifically authorized to do so, or it is a regular part of your position. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Addendum, the Policy on Insider Trading or any other Company policy prohibits employees, officers, directors or anyone else from having reported or reporting possible violations of United States federal law or regulation or having filed or filing a charge or complaint with any United States governmental agency or entity as provided for, protected under or warranted by whistleblower or other similar provisions of applicable law or regulation. Furthermore, this Policy does not limit anyone’s ability to communicate with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by the SEC, including by providing documents or other information to the SEC without notice to the Company. |
| 7 |
In further reference to Section 16 promulgated under the Exchange Act, Section 16(a) requires directors and certain officers to report transactions in Company securities (including but not limited to purchases, sales, gifts, grants of restricted stock and stock options, exercise of stock options and the disposition of shares to satisfy tax withholding requirements) within two business days after any transaction.
TRADING WHILE AWARE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION
You must maintain the confidentiality of material non-public information and may not trade in Company securities or derivatives or the securities or derivatives of any other entity to which the information relates until the information has been made public. The Company has a detailed Policy on Insider Trading describing the prohibition against trading while aware of material non-public information, which you must read and follow.
PRE-CLEARANCE PROCEDURES
Those subject to this Addendum, and their spouses, minor children, other persons sharing the same household, and any other person or entity over whom the individual exercises substantial control over his, her or its securities trading decisions, may not engage in any transaction involving Company securities (including gifts, loans, contributions to a trust, or any other transfers) without first obtaining pre-clearance of the transaction from the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pre-clearance is not required for any trades made pursuant to a pre- arranged 10b5-1 Trading Plan (as defined in the Policy on Insider Trading) adopted in accordance with the requirements of the Policy on Insider Trading or for transactions or trades with the Company, including, without limitation, the exercise of subscription rights and stock options for cash. Each proposed transaction will be evaluated to determine if it raises insider trading concerns or other concerns under federal laws and regulations. Any advice will relate solely to the restraints imposed by law and will not constitute advice regarding the investment aspects of any transaction.
A request for clearance must be submitted to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer no less than two full business days before the proposed transaction, in a form substantially similar to Schedule B attached hereto. When a request for pre-clearance is made, the requestor should carefully consider whether he or she may be aware of any material non-public information about the Company, and should describe fully those circumstances to the Chief Financial Officer. Clearance of a transaction is valid only for a period of up to three business days. If the transaction order is not placed within that time period, clearance of the transaction must be re-requested. If clearance is denied, the fact of such denial must be kept confidential by the person requesting such clearance.
| 8 |
BLACKOUT PERIOD
As a general rule, a person whose trades are subject to this Addendum will not be permitted to trade in the Company’s securities:
|
| · | during the periods commencing on the first day immediately after the conclusion of any fiscal quarter (i.e., February 1, May 1, August 1, and November 1) and ending on the second business day after the date of public disclosure of the financial results for such fiscal quarter or year, as applicable; or |
|
| · | while he or she is aware that the Company expects to make a public release of material information, ending on the second business day after the date of such public disclosure. |
In addition, from time to time, an event may occur that is material to the Company and is known by only a few directors or officers. The existence of an event-specific blackout will not be announced. If, however, a person whose trades are subject to pre-clearance requests permission to trade in the Company’s securities during an event-specific blackout, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer will inform the requesting person of the existence of a blackout period, without disclosing the reason for the blackout. Any person made aware of the existence of an event- specific blackout should not disclose the existence of the blackout to any other person.
POTENTIAL PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF LAW AND THIS ADDENDUM
The seriousness of securities law violations is reflected in the penalties that it carries. A director’s resignation may be sought, or an officer or employee will be subject to possible Company disciplinary action, including possible termination of employment for cause and claims for damages. In addition, both the Company and individual directors, officers or employees may be subjected to both criminal and civil liability, which, for individuals, can include a prison sentence of up to 20 years, criminal fines of up to $5 million, and civil fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided.
QUESTIONS
Because of the technical nature of some aspects of the federal securities laws, you should review this material carefully and contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer prior to engaging in any transaction in Company securities which might be in conflict with the securities law and this Addendum.
His contact information is:
Roger D. Shannon
Lakeland Industries, Inc.
1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325
Huntsville, AL 35806
(256) 350-3873
rdshannon@lakeland.com
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall be the person designated to act in his absence and his contact information is:
James M. Jenkins
Lakeland Industries, Inc.
1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325
Huntsville AL 35806
(256) 350-3873
Email: jjenkins@lakeland.com
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
All directors, officers and other employees as specified in Schedule A subject to the procedures set forth in this Addendum must acknowledge their understanding of, and intent to comply with, the Company’s Policy on Insider Trading and this Addendum on the Acknowledgement Form attached to this Addendum.
| 9 |
SCHEDULE A
PERSONS SUBJECT TO POLICY ON
INSIDER TRADING ADDENDUM
Directors
Chief Executive Officer
Presidents
Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice Presidents
Senior Vice Presidents
Chief Operating Officer
Vice Presidents
General Managers
Managers/Supervisors
Secretary
Treasurer
Controller
| 10 |
SCHEDULE B
FORM OF REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE OF
PROPOSED TRANSACTION INVOLVING COMPANY SECURITIES
| To: | Roger D. Shannon Lakeland Industries, Inc. 1525 Perimeter Parkway, Suite 325 Huntsville AL 35806 (256) 350-3873 Email: rdshannon@lakeland.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| From: | Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (name and contact information) |
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby requests a pre-clearance to buy/sell up to shares of common stock of Lakeland Industries, Inc. in the open market beginning on or about , 20 . If the anticipated transaction has not occurred within up to three business days of the foregoing date, I will contact you regarding any continuing effectiveness of an approved waiver. I understand that any approval will not extend past the blackout period commencing on the first day immediately after the conclusion of any fiscal quarter, if applicable.
I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, I am not currently in possession of any material, nonpublic information relating to the Company, as described in the Company’s Policy on Insider Trading, and that I am not currently aware that the Company expects to make a public release of material information in the near future. (Add any relevant information, including family relationship if a member of the immediate family of a director, officer, employee or consultant.)
You may contact me at the address set forth above or at
Upon execution of the described transaction, I will promptly report to you the number of securities involved and the purchase or sales price, as applicable, and, if required, I will make the appropriate filings with the SEC on or before the required due date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (signature) |
|
| Transaction: |
|
|
|
| Approved | By: |
|
|
| Denied | Date: |
|
|
| 11 |
INSIDER TRADING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I have read the Policy on Insider Trading and Addendum to the Policy on Insider Trading (the “Policies”) of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and I hereby certify that I understand and intend to comply with the Policies.
Name: Signature: Date:
| 12 |
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements (Nos. 333-200422 and 333-280783) on Form S-3 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-144870, 333-176733, 333-183882, 333-205836, 333-219084, 333-259308, and 333-280392 on Form S-8 of our report dated April 10, 2024, except for Note 14, as to which the date is April 16, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Lakeland Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Industries, Inc. for the year ended January 31, 2025.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
April 16, 2025
EXHIBIT 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-200422 and 333-280783) on Forms S-3 and the Registration Statements Nos. 333-144870, 333-176733, 333-183882, 333-205836, 333-219084, 333-259308 and 333-280392 on Forms S-8 of our reports dated April 16, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (the Company), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (on which our report expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended January 31, 2025.
/s/ RSM US LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 16, 2025
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, James M. Jenkins, certify that:
|
| 1) | I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (the “registrant”); |
|
|
|
|
|
| 2) | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
|
|
|
|
| 3) | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for the periods presented in this report; |
|
|
|
|
|
| 4) | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant, and we have: |
|
| a. | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
|
|
|
| b. | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
|
|
|
| c. | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| d. | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
| 5) | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
| a. | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting. |
Date: April 16, 2025
|
| By: | /s/ James M. Jenkins |
|
|
|
| President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman |
|
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Roger D. Shannon, certify that:
|
| 1) | I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (the “registrant”); |
|
|
|
|
|
| 2) | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
|
|
|
|
|
| 3) | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for the periods presented in this report; |
|
|
|
|
|
| 4) | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant, and we have: |
|
| a. | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
|
|
|
| b. | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
|
|
|
| c. | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| d. | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
|
| 5) | The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
|
| a. | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
| By: | /s/ Roger D. Shannon | ||
|
|
| Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
§ 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Annual Report of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 2025 (the “Report”), I, James M. Jenkins, President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
|
| (1) | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| (2) | The information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods presented in the report. |
| /s/ James M. Jenkins | ||
| James M. Jenkins | ||
| President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman |
April 16, 2025
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to
§ 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Annual Report of Lakeland Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 2025 (the “Report”), I, Roger D. Shannon, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
|
| (1) | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
|
|
|
| (2) | The information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods presented in the report. |
| /s/ Roger D. Shannon |
|
| Roger D. Shannon |
|
| Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
|
April 16, 2025